1 #LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
54 \use_default_options false
55 \maintain_unincluded_children false
57 \language_package default
62 \font_typewriter default
63 \font_default_family default
64 \use_non_tex_fonts false
71 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
101 \paperorientation portrait
104 \notefontcolor #0000ff
121 \paragraph_separation indent
122 \paragraph_indentation default
123 \quotes_language english
126 \paperpagestyle default
127 \tracking_changes false
128 \output_changes false
146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
148 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
150 \begin_inset CommandInset href
152 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
167 \begin_inset Newline newline
171 \begin_inset Note Note
174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
175 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
176 \begin_inset Newline newline
181 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
189 \begin_layout Standard
190 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
191 LatexCommand tableofcontents
198 \begin_layout Chapter
202 \begin_layout Section
206 \begin_layout Standard
207 LyX is a document preparation system.
208 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
209 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
210 It is unlike most other
211 \begin_inset Quotes eld
215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
218 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
220 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
236 pt type, left justified, 5
237 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
241 \begin_inset Quotes erd
245 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
249 \begin_layout Standard
250 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
263 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
267 \begin_layout Standard
269 \begin_inset Quotes eld
277 \begin_inset Quotes erd
280 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
281 the format of all of the manuals.
282 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
283 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
300 \begin_layout Section
304 \begin_layout Standard
305 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
307 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
308 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
312 \begin_layout Standard
313 Note that there is no horizontal scrollbar.
314 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
315 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
317 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
318 only a vertical scrollbar.
319 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
320 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
321 This, however, is due
322 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
323 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
324 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
325 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
327 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
328 this doesn't work for equations yet.
331 \begin_layout Standard
332 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
338 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
340 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
345 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
346 ing sections of this documentation.
349 \begin_layout Section
353 \begin_layout Standard
354 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
359 of the manuals from inside LyX.
360 Just select the manual you want read from the
367 \begin_layout Section
369 \begin_inset CommandInset label
371 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
378 \begin_layout Standard
379 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
380 without resorting to configuration files.
381 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
382 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
383 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
388 \begin_inset Index idx
391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
398 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
399 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
400 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
404 \begin_inset space \space{}
407 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
408 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
410 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
414 \begin_inset Index idx
417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
418 Reconfiguration of LyX
423 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
426 \begin_layout Section
428 \begin_inset CommandInset label
430 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
437 \begin_layout Standard
438 You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
439 not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
441 However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
442 PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
446 \begin_layout Standard
447 Some document classes may depend upon specific LaTeX or DocBook classes
449 Such document classes can be used even if you do not have the required
450 files installed, but you will not be able to produce certain kinds of output.
453 \begin_layout Standard
454 The LaTeX packages that LyX has found on your system are listed in a file
455 you can view from the menu
457 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
476 If you are missing packages you need, then you must install them and then
477 reconfigure LyX (menu
479 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
483 \begin_inset Note Note
486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
487 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
495 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
496 More about TeX Code is described in section
501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
503 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
507 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
514 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
524 \begin_inset Index idx
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
528 Reconfiguration of LyX
533 See section 5.1 of the
537 manual for more information on installing additional LaTeX packages.
540 \begin_layout Chapter
544 \begin_layout Section
545 Basic File Operations
546 \begin_inset Index idx
549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
558 \begin_layout Standard
563 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
564 in addition to some more advanced operations:
567 \begin_layout Itemize
579 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_layout Itemize
615 \begin_layout Itemize
627 \begin_layout Itemize
637 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
661 \begin_layout Itemize
667 \begin_layout Itemize
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 arg "dialog-show print"
685 \begin_layout Itemize
691 \begin_layout Standard
692 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
693 a few minor differences.
696 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
711 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
712 you for a template to use.
713 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
714 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
715 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
723 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
730 \begin_layout Standard
731 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
763 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
764 space is just that — a big, blank space.
772 \begin_layout Standard
793 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
798 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
823 will reload the document from disk.
824 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
825 and want to restore it to the last save.
834 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
835 can identify them as your changes.
838 \begin_layout Section
839 Basic Editing Features
840 \begin_inset Index idx
843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
852 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
861 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
862 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
863 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
865 We'll start with cut and paste.
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 As you might expect, the
873 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
874 various other editing features.
875 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
879 \begin_layout Itemize
893 \begin_layout Itemize
907 \begin_layout Itemize
921 \begin_layout Itemize
931 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_layout Itemize
957 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
963 \begin_layout Standard
964 The first three are self-explanatory.
965 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
966 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
975 keys also function as the
980 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
981 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
986 to get back the lost text.
989 \begin_layout Standard
990 \begin_inset Index idx
993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
999 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1003 \begin_inset space ~
1008 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1011 \begin_layout Standard
1014 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1016 \begin_inset space ~
1019 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1025 \begin_inset space ~
1030 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1036 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1040 \begin_inset space ~
1045 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1046 will start a new paragraph.
1049 \begin_layout Standard
1050 \begin_inset Index idx
1053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1060 \begin_inset Index idx
1063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1085 \begin_inset space ~
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1095 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1100 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1103 \begin_inset space ~
1112 \begin_inset space ~
1117 button to skip the current word.
1121 \begin_inset space ~
1126 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1130 \begin_inset space ~
1135 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1137 If the toggle is set, searching for
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1149 will not match the word
1150 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1158 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1164 Match whole words only
1166 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, e.
1167 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1179 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1195 LyX offers also an advanced
1198 \begin_inset space ~
1202 \begin_inset space ~
1207 feature that is described in sec.
1208 \begin_inset space ~
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1214 reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1223 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1225 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1230 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1237 \begin_layout Section
1239 \begin_inset Index idx
1242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1249 \begin_inset Index idx
1252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1259 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1261 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1268 \begin_layout Standard
1269 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1270 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1273 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1276 or the toolbar button
1282 to undo some mistake.
1283 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1285 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1288 or the toolbar button
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1306 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1309 \begin_layout Standard
1310 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1312 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1316 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1319 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1320 This is a consequence of the 100
1321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1324 step undo limit, above.
1327 \begin_layout Standard
1336 work on almost everything in LyX.
1337 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1341 \begin_layout Section
1343 \begin_inset Index idx
1346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1355 \begin_layout Standard
1356 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1364 \begin_layout Itemize
1369 once anywhere in the edit window.
1370 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1374 \begin_layout Enumerate
1379 \begin_layout Itemize
1385 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1388 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1391 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1394 \begin_layout Itemize
1395 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1397 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1404 \begin_layout Enumerate
1405 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1409 \begin_layout Standard
1410 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1411 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1415 \begin_layout Enumerate
1420 \begin_layout Standard
1425 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1430 \begin_layout Section
1432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1434 name "sec:Navigating"
1439 \begin_inset Index idx
1442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1451 \begin_layout Standard
1452 LyX offers you several ways to navigate in documents:
1455 \begin_layout Itemize
1460 menu lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can
1461 click to jump to the corresponding document part.
1464 \begin_layout Itemize
1465 The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
1467 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1470 or by the toolbar button
1473 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
1479 \begin_layout Itemize
1480 You can set bookmarks in your document under
1482 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1485 and use the same menu to return to them.
1486 Note that bookmarks are saved between sessions.
1489 \begin_layout Standard
1493 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
1498 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1499 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1502 ) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1503 This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
1504 to another document part to look for something, and want to go back to
1505 your last editing position.
1508 \begin_layout Subsection
1512 \begin_layout Standard
1513 The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
1514 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1521 , since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
1522 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1523 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1524 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1525 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1528 LatexCommand formatted
1529 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1533 ), or notes, or citations (see
1534 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1535 LatexCommand formatted
1536 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1541 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1543 The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
1544 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1545 several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
1546 of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
1548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1549 LatexCommand formatted
1550 reference "sec:Cross-References"
1554 ), or notes, or of citations (see
1555 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1556 LatexCommand formatted
1557 reference "sec:Bibliography"
1562 Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
1566 \begin_layout Standard
1567 Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
1568 menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
1569 For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
1570 dialog and to modify the citation.
1571 Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
1575 \begin_layout Standard
1576 The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
1578 For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
1579 wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
1580 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1584 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1587 in the filter, and only entries containing that text will be displayed.
1590 \begin_layout Standard
1591 At the bottom of the outline are several buttons and the like that allow
1592 you further to control the display.
1597 option sorts the current list alphabetically.
1598 Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
1603 option keeps it in the current view state.
1604 Keeping means that when you have e.
1605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1609 \begin_inset space \space{}
1612 the subsections of section
1613 \begin_inset space ~
1616 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1617 \begin_inset space ~
1620 3, the subsections of section
1621 \begin_inset space ~
1624 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1629 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1630 \begin_inset space ~
1634 Finally, the slider at the left can be used to open the Outline to a given
1636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1644 It is best just to experiment with it to see how it works.
1647 \begin_layout Standard
1649 \begin_inset space ~
1653 \begin_inset Graphics
1654 filename ../images/reload.png
1659 \begin_inset space ~
1662 button refreshes the TOC (though this should not usually be necessary).
1663 Next to it are buttons that allow you to change the position of sections
1666 \begin_inset space \space{}
1670 \begin_inset Graphics
1671 filename ../images/down.png
1673 groupId toolbarbuttons
1678 \begin_inset space ~
1682 \begin_inset space \space{}
1686 \begin_inset Graphics
1687 filename ../images/up.png
1689 groupId toolbarbuttons
1694 \begin_inset space ~
1697 buttons move sections up and down in the document.
1698 So, for example, you can move section
1699 \begin_inset space ~
1703 \begin_inset space ~
1706 2.4 or after section
1707 \begin_inset space ~
1711 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1713 \begin_inset Graphics
1714 filename ../images/promote.png
1716 groupId toolbarbuttons
1721 \begin_inset Graphics
1722 filename ../images/demote.png
1724 groupId toolbarbuttons
1728 (or the corresponding key bindings
1736 ) you can change the level of sections.
1737 So you can for example make section
1738 \begin_inset space ~
1742 \begin_inset space ~
1746 \begin_inset space ~
1752 \begin_layout Section
1753 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1755 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1760 \begin_inset Index idx
1763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1770 \begin_inset Index idx
1773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1801 Input / Word Completion
1804 \begin_layout Standard
1805 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1807 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1808 is used to propose completions.
1811 \begin_layout Standard
1812 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1813 there are completions available.
1814 You can then press the
1818 key to use this completion.
1819 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1820 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1821 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1828 \begin_layout Standard
1829 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1831 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1834 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1836 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1839 by deselecting the option
1846 Automatic inline completion
1848 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1849 To accept this proposal, use the
1858 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1859 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1867 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1874 \begin_layout Section
1876 \begin_inset Index idx
1879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1886 \begin_inset Index idx
1889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1918 \begin_inset Index idx
1921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1952 \begin_layout Standard
1953 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1954 LyX's default is CUA.
1957 \begin_layout Standard
1961 \begin_inset space ~
1969 \begin_inset space ~
1990 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1994 \begin_layout Labeling
1995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1999 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2000 LatexCommand nomenclature
2002 description "Tabulator key"
2008 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
2009 If you don't understand this, go read sections
2010 \begin_inset space ~
2014 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2016 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
2021 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2023 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
2027 , especially section
2028 \begin_inset space ~
2032 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2034 reference "sub:Lists"
2040 If you're still confused, look in the
2047 \begin_layout Labeling
2048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2052 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2053 LatexCommand nomenclature
2055 description "Escape key"
2062 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2069 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
2070 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
2073 \begin_layout Labeling
2074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2080 \begin_inset space ~
2084 \begin_inset space ~
2091 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
2092 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
2096 \begin_layout Standard
2097 There are three modifier keys:
2100 \begin_layout Labeling
2101 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2119 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2120 LatexCommand nomenclature
2122 description "Control key"
2126 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2127 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2131 \begin_layout Itemize
2140 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2143 \begin_layout Itemize
2152 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2155 \begin_layout Itemize
2164 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2168 \begin_layout Labeling
2169 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2187 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2188 LatexCommand nomenclature
2190 description "Shift key"
2194 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2195 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2198 \begin_layout Labeling
2199 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2217 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2218 LatexCommand nomenclature
2220 description "Alt or Meta key"
2224 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2225 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2226 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2232 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2234 menu accelerator keys
2237 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2238 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2242 \begin_layout Standard
2243 For example, the sequence
2244 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2250 \begin_inset space ~
2254 \begin_inset space ~
2260 \begin_inset space ~
2268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2281 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2287 \begin_inset space ~
2293 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2303 \begin_layout Standard
2308 manual lists all other things bound to the
2316 \begin_layout Standard
2317 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2318 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2319 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2320 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2321 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2322 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2323 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2324 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2325 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2333 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2340 followed by a capital
2347 \begin_layout Standard
2348 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2350 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2355 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2358 as explained in sec.
2359 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2365 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2372 \begin_layout Chapter
2374 \begin_inset Index idx
2377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2386 \begin_layout Section
2388 \begin_inset Index idx
2391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2400 \begin_layout Subsection
2404 \begin_layout Standard
2405 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2406 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2407 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2408 numbering schemes, and so on.
2409 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2410 and format the title of your document differently.
2413 \begin_layout Standard
2418 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2419 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2420 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2421 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2422 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2425 \begin_layout Standard
2426 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2427 how to adjust their properties.
2430 \begin_layout Subsection
2432 \begin_inset Index idx
2435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2442 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2444 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2451 \begin_layout Standard
2452 You can select a class using the
2454 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2455 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2459 \begin_inset Index idx
2462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2469 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2473 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2477 \begin_layout Standard
2478 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2482 \begin_layout Description
2483 Article for basic articles
2486 \begin_layout Description
2487 Report for basic reports
2490 \begin_layout Description
2491 Book for writing a book
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Letter for US-style letters
2498 \begin_layout Standard
2499 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2500 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2501 will include many of these.
2502 Here are some of the classes.
2503 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2505 Special Document Classes
2514 \begin_layout Description
2515 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2518 \begin_layout Description
2519 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2523 \begin_layout Description
2524 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2530 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2531 There are three article layouts available.
2532 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2533 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2534 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2535 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2540 sequential numbering
2541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2544 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2545 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2546 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2547 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2550 \begin_layout Description
2551 Beamer Layout for presentations
2554 \begin_layout Description
2555 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2556 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2560 \begin_layout Description
2561 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2564 \begin_layout Description
2566 \begin_inset space ~
2569 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2572 \begin_layout Description
2573 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2576 \begin_layout Description
2577 Foils Used to make transparencies
2580 \begin_layout Description
2581 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2582 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2586 \begin_layout Description
2587 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2588 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2591 \begin_layout Description
2592 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2595 \begin_layout Description
2596 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2599 \begin_layout Description
2600 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2601 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2602 (Is used by this document.)
2605 \begin_layout Description
2606 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2609 \begin_layout Description
2610 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2613 \begin_layout Description
2618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2626 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2628 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2631 \begin_layout Description
2632 Slides Used to make transparencies
2635 \begin_layout Description
2637 \begin_inset space ~
2640 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2641 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2644 \begin_layout Description
2645 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2648 \begin_layout Standard
2649 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2651 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2657 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2658 of the document classes.
2661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2665 \begin_layout Standard
2666 You will probably find that many of the document classes listed under
2668 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2669 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2671 \begin_inset Index idx
2674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2691 If you open a document that uses such a class, you will receive a warning
2692 saying that there are files that are required to produce output that are
2694 So it may seem that something is wrong.
2697 \begin_layout Standard
2699 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2700 and some of them, like
2704 , are highly specialized.
2705 LyX tries to support as many different types of documents as possible,
2706 and it includes almost one hundred different layout files, with a growing
2708 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2709 by some document class.
2710 There are just too many of them.
2711 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2714 \begin_layout Standard
2715 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as
2716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2720 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2723 , you just need to install the appropriate package files.
2724 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2725 document class for a new file.
2726 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2731 Installing new LaTeX files
2732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2739 manual for information on how to install them.
2740 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2746 \begin_layout Standard
2747 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2748 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2750 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2751 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2752 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2754 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2757 \begin_inset space ~
2764 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2767 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2769 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2776 \begin_inset Index idx
2779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2788 \begin_layout Standard
2789 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2790 chosen document class.
2791 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2792 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2803 \begin_inset Index idx
2806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2813 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
2817 \begin_layout Standard
2818 Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
2819 always installed by default.
2820 LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
2821 it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
2822 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2823 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2824 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing prerequisites.
2825 If you want to be able to produce this kind of output, then you need to
2826 install the missing prerequisites and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2829 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2833 \begin_inset Index idx
2836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2837 Reconfiguration of LyX
2843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2846 Installing new LaTeX files
2847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2854 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2857 \begin_layout Standard
2858 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2866 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2867 LyX will advise you about these things.
2875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2877 \begin_inset Index idx
2880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2881 Document ! Local Layout
2889 \begin_layout Standard
2890 Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
2891 used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
2892 needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
2893 writing a module for this purpose.
2894 Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
2895 find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
2897 You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
2898 What you want is LyX's
2899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2903 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2907 See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
2911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2915 \begin_layout Standard
2916 Each class has a default set of options.
2917 Here's a quick table describing them:
2920 \begin_layout Standard
2921 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2927 \begin_layout Standard
2929 \begin_inset Tabular
2930 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2931 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2932 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2933 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2934 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2936 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3238 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3390 \begin_layout Standard
3391 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3397 \begin_layout Standard
3398 You're probably also wondering what
3399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3403 \begin_inset space ~
3407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3411 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3412 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3417 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3422 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3432 headings, there are also
3440 headings, and so on.
3441 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3442 \begin_inset space ~
3446 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3448 reference "sub:Headings"
3455 \begin_layout Subsection
3457 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3459 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3464 \begin_inset Index idx
3467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3476 \begin_inset Index idx
3479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3488 \begin_layout Standard
3489 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3491 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3502 \begin_inset space ~
3507 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3509 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3510 to use for your document.
3511 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3515 \begin_layout Standard
3522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3528 \begin_inset space ~
3533 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3534 You can choose between the following five options:
3537 \begin_layout Labeling
3538 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3543 Use default page style of current class.
3546 \begin_layout Labeling
3547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3552 No page numbers or headings.
3555 \begin_layout Labeling
3556 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3564 \begin_layout Labeling
3565 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3570 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3571 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3572 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3575 \begin_layout Labeling
3576 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3581 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3587 \begin_inset Index idx
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3597 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3598 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3600 Check the documentation for the
3604 package for more details,
3605 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3614 \begin_layout Standard
3619 of paragraphs is described in section
3620 \begin_inset space ~
3624 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3626 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3633 \begin_layout Subsection
3634 Paper Size and Orientation
3635 \begin_inset Index idx
3638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3639 Document ! Paper size
3645 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3647 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3654 \begin_layout Standard
3655 You'll find the following options in the menu
3658 \begin_inset space ~
3663 of the dialog of the
3665 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3671 \begin_inset Index idx
3674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3683 \begin_layout Labeling
3684 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3688 \begin_inset space ~
3693 What size paper to print on.
3697 \begin_layout Itemize
3703 \begin_layout Itemize
3713 \begin_layout Itemize
3719 \begin_layout Itemize
3725 \begin_layout Itemize
3731 \begin_layout Itemize
3737 \begin_layout Itemize
3743 \begin_layout Labeling
3744 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3749 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3760 \begin_layout Labeling
3761 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3765 \begin_inset space ~
3770 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3771 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3774 \begin_layout Subsection
3776 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3783 \begin_inset Index idx
3786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3793 \begin_inset Index idx
3796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3805 \begin_layout Standard
3806 Paper margins are set in the menu
3808 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3812 \begin_inset Index idx
3815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3824 \begin_layout Standard
3825 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3826 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3827 the paper format and the font size into account.
3830 \begin_layout Subsection
3834 \begin_layout Standard
3835 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3840 That includes the paragraph environments.
3841 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3842 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3843 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3844 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3853 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3855 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3856 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3857 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3860 \begin_layout Section
3861 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3862 \begin_inset Index idx
3865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3866 Paragraph ! Indentation
3874 \begin_layout Subsection
3876 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3878 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3885 \begin_layout Standard
3886 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3887 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3890 \begin_layout Standard
3891 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3892 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3893 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3894 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3898 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3904 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3905 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3906 language than English.
3907 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3910 \begin_layout Standard
3911 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3912 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3914 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3915 LyX takes care of that.
3916 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3918 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3919 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3920 of a page, and so on.
3924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3925 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3930 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3931 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3935 of these pre-coded spacings.
3936 We'll explain more later.
3939 \begin_layout Subsection
3940 Paragraph Separation
3941 \begin_inset Index idx
3944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3945 Paragraph ! Separation
3953 \begin_layout Standard
3954 To separate paragraphs, select
3965 \begin_inset space ~
3972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3976 \begin_inset Index idx
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3985 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3986 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3987 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3990 \begin_layout Standard
4000 \begin_layout Standard
4001 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
4002 \begin_inset space ~
4006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4008 reference "cap:Units"
4013 The default length is 30
4014 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
4020 \begin_layout Subsection
4024 \begin_layout Standard
4025 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
4028 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4030 \begin_inset space ~
4035 dialog and toggle the
4038 \begin_inset space ~
4043 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
4046 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
4050 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
4051 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
4055 \begin_layout Standard
4056 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
4057 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
4060 \begin_layout Subsection
4062 \begin_inset Index idx
4065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4066 Paragraph ! Line spacing
4074 \begin_layout Standard
4077 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4081 \begin_inset Index idx
4084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4093 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
4096 \begin_inset space ~
4105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4106 You need to have the LaTeX-package
4111 \begin_inset Index idx
4114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4115 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
4120 installed to use this feature.
4128 \begin_layout Section
4129 Paragraph Environments
4130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4132 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
4137 \begin_inset Index idx
4140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4141 Paragraph ! Environments
4147 \begin_inset Index idx
4150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4151 Paragraph environments|(
4159 \begin_layout Subsection
4163 \begin_layout Standard
4164 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4167 \begin_layout Standard
4186 \begin_inset Newline newline
4189 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4190 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4191 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4200 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4203 \begin_layout Standard
4204 A paragraph environment is simply a
4205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4212 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4213 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4214 scheme, labels, and so on.
4215 Additionally, you can
4216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4223 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4224 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4225 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4226 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4227 days of typewriters.
4228 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4230 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4233 \begin_layout Standard
4234 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4235 \begin_inset Graphics
4236 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4242 at the left end of the toolbar.
4243 LyX will change the environment of the
4247 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4248 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4249 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4262 create a new paragraph using the
4266 paragraph environment.
4268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4275 because if you are in one of these environments:
4278 \begin_layout Itemize
4284 \begin_layout Itemize
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4296 \begin_layout Itemize
4302 \begin_layout Itemize
4308 \begin_layout Itemize
4314 \begin_layout Itemize
4320 \begin_layout Standard
4321 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4325 , rather than resetting it to
4330 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4331 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4332 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4333 \begin_inset space ~
4337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4339 reference "sec:Nesting"
4344 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4349 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4350 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4354 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4360 \begin_layout Subsection
4364 \begin_layout Standard
4365 The default paragraph environment is
4370 It creates a plain paragraph.
4371 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4372 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4373 this manual) are in the
4380 \begin_layout Standard
4381 You can nest a paragraph using the
4385 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4393 \begin_layout Subsection
4395 \begin_inset Index idx
4398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4407 \begin_layout Standard
4408 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4417 for thanks or contact information.
4418 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4419 page along with today's date.
4420 For other types of documents, the title
4421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4428 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4447 Here's how you use them:
4450 \begin_layout Itemize
4451 Put the title of your document in the
4458 \begin_layout Itemize
4459 Put the author name in the
4466 \begin_layout Itemize
4467 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4468 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4474 Note that using this environment is optional.
4475 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4476 If you don't want any date, add the line
4477 \begin_inset Newline newline
4487 \begin_inset Newline newline
4490 to the preamble of your document (menu
4492 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4498 \begin_layout Standard
4499 You can use footnotes to insert
4500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4507 or contact information.
4510 \begin_layout Subsection
4512 \begin_inset Index idx
4515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4522 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4531 \begin_layout Standard
4532 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4533 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4538 \begin_inset Index idx
4541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4542 Section headings ! Numbered
4550 \begin_layout Standard
4551 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4555 \begin_layout Enumerate
4561 \begin_layout Enumerate
4567 \begin_layout Enumerate
4573 \begin_layout Enumerate
4579 \begin_layout Enumerate
4585 \begin_layout Enumerate
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4597 \begin_layout Standard
4598 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4599 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4600 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4603 \begin_layout Standard
4604 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4605 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4606 You group the book into chapters.
4607 LyX does similar grouping:
4610 \begin_layout Itemize
4615 is divided in either
4626 \begin_layout Itemize
4638 \begin_layout Itemize
4650 \begin_layout Itemize
4662 \begin_layout Itemize
4674 \begin_layout Itemize
4686 \begin_layout Standard
4687 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4695 Not all document types use the
4699 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4704 is the top-level heading.
4712 \begin_layout Standard
4717 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4718 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4720 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4734 \begin_inset Index idx
4737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4738 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4746 \begin_layout Standard
4747 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4751 \begin_layout Enumerate
4757 \begin_layout Enumerate
4763 \begin_layout Enumerate
4769 \begin_layout Enumerate
4775 \begin_layout Enumerate
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4790 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4791 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4792 table of contents, see section
4793 \begin_inset space ~
4797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4806 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4807 Changing the Numbering
4808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4810 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4817 \begin_layout Standard
4818 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4819 in the Table of Contents.
4820 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4822 Certain classes start with
4836 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4846 This is something you can change.
4849 \begin_layout Standard
4852 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4858 \begin_inset Index idx
4861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4872 \begin_inset space ~
4876 \begin_inset space ~
4881 you'll see two counters.
4886 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4888 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4892 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4893 Short Titles of Headings
4894 \begin_inset Index idx
4897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4898 Section headings ! Short titles
4904 \begin_inset Argument
4907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4916 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4923 \begin_layout Standard
4924 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4925 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4926 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4927 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4930 \begin_layout Standard
4931 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4932 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4933 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4934 To specify a short title, use the menu
4936 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4938 \begin_inset space ~
4944 This will insert a box labeled
4945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4960 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4961 This also works for captions inside floats.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4968 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4972 \begin_layout Standard
4973 The following information applies to all section headings:
4976 \begin_layout Itemize
4977 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4980 \begin_layout Itemize
4981 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4984 \begin_layout Itemize
4985 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4988 \begin_layout Itemize
4989 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4992 \begin_layout Subsection
4993 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4996 \begin_layout Standard
4997 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
5011 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
5012 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
5013 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
5014 the text they contain.
5015 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
5023 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
5026 \begin_layout Standard
5027 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
5036 when you start a new paragraph.
5037 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
5041 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
5042 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
5043 to change back to the
5047 environment yourself.
5050 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5060 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5067 \begin_inset Index idx
5070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5079 \begin_layout Standard
5080 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
5081 time for the differences.
5090 are identical except for one difference:
5094 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
5103 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
5106 \begin_layout Standard
5107 Here's an example of the
5120 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
5122 See – no indentation!
5126 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
5127 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
5128 the other paragraph.
5131 \begin_layout Standard
5132 Here's another example, this time in the
5139 \begin_layout Quotation
5145 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
5146 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
5147 the first line, then
5151 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
5155 you were quoting other text.
5158 \begin_layout Quotation
5159 Here's a new paragraph.
5160 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5161 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5164 \begin_layout Standard
5165 As the examples show,
5169 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5170 They should put quotes in the
5175 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5179 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5188 \begin_inset Index idx
5191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5200 \begin_inset Index idx
5203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5210 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5219 \begin_layout Standard
5224 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5230 \begin_inset Newline newline
5233 Which I did not rehearse!
5237 It could be much worse.
5238 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5240 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5241 indented a bit more than the first.
5242 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5248 \begin_inset Newline newline
5251 And make things look fine
5252 \begin_inset Newline newline
5258 arg "newline-insert newline"
5264 \begin_layout Standard
5269 does not indent both margins.
5270 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5271 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5278 arg "newline-insert newline"
5284 \begin_layout Subsection
5286 \begin_inset Index idx
5289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5305 \begin_layout Standard
5306 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5316 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5325 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5326 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5327 some general features of all four of them.
5330 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5334 \begin_layout Standard
5335 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5337 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5346 reset the environment to
5350 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5351 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5352 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5356 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5359 to break paragraphs.
5362 \begin_layout Standard
5363 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5364 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5366 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5367 you read all of section
5368 \begin_inset space ~
5372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5374 reference "sec:Nesting"
5382 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5388 \begin_inset Index idx
5391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5398 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5407 \begin_layout Standard
5408 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5412 paragraph environment.
5413 It has the following properties:
5416 \begin_layout Itemize
5417 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5421 \begin_layout Itemize
5422 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5425 \begin_layout Itemize
5426 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5430 \begin_layout Itemize
5431 The items can have any length.
5432 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5433 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5440 \begin_layout Itemize
5445 environment inside another
5449 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5453 \begin_layout Itemize
5454 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5457 \begin_layout Itemize
5458 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5461 \begin_layout Itemize
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5469 reference "sec:Nesting"
5473 for a full explanation of nesting.
5477 \begin_layout Standard
5478 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5487 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5490 \begin_layout Standard
5491 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5492 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5495 \begin_layout Itemize
5496 The label for the first level
5500 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5504 \begin_layout Itemize
5505 The label for the second level is a dash.
5509 \begin_layout Itemize
5510 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5514 \begin_layout Itemize
5515 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5519 \begin_layout Itemize
5520 Back out to the third level.
5524 \begin_layout Itemize
5525 Back to the second level.
5529 \begin_layout Itemize
5530 Back to the outermost level.
5533 \begin_layout Standard
5534 These are the default labels for an
5539 You can customize these labels in the
5541 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5544 dialog in the submenu
5551 \begin_inset Index idx
5554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5563 \begin_layout Standard
5564 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5565 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5567 \begin_inset space ~
5571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5573 reference "sec:Nesting"
5580 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5586 \begin_inset Index idx
5589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5596 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5598 name "sec:Enumerate"
5605 \begin_layout Standard
5610 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5611 It has these properties:
5614 \begin_layout Enumerate
5615 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5619 \begin_layout Enumerate
5620 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5624 \begin_layout Enumerate
5625 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5628 \begin_layout Enumerate
5633 environment resets the counter to one.
5636 \begin_layout Enumerate
5649 \begin_layout Enumerate
5650 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5651 Items can have any length.
5654 \begin_layout Enumerate
5655 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5658 \begin_layout Enumerate
5659 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5662 \begin_layout Enumerate
5663 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5667 \begin_layout Standard
5676 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5677 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5684 \begin_layout Enumerate
5685 The first level of an
5689 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5693 \begin_layout Enumerate
5694 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5698 \begin_layout Enumerate
5699 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5703 \begin_layout Enumerate
5704 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5707 \begin_layout Enumerate
5708 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5713 \begin_layout Enumerate
5714 Back to the third level
5718 \begin_layout Enumerate
5719 Back to the second level.
5723 \begin_layout Enumerate
5724 Back to the outermost level.
5727 \begin_layout Standard
5728 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5733 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5738 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5742 \begin_layout Standard
5743 There is more to nesting
5747 environments than we've stated here.
5748 You should read section
5749 \begin_inset space ~
5753 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5755 reference "sec:Nesting"
5759 to learn more about nesting.
5762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5768 \begin_inset Index idx
5771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5780 \begin_layout Standard
5781 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5785 list has no fixed label.
5786 Instead, LyX uses the first
5787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5794 of the first line as the label.
5798 \begin_layout Description
5799 Example: This is an example of the
5806 \begin_layout Standard
5807 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5811 \begin_layout Standard
5813 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5817 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5820 it is meant that the first hit of the
5824 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5826 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5834 arg "space-insert protected"
5839 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5840 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5842 \begin_inset space ~
5848 \begin_inset space ~
5852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5854 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5858 for more info.) Here is an example:
5861 \begin_layout Description
5863 \begin_inset space ~
5866 Example: This one shows how to use a
5869 \begin_inset space ~
5881 \begin_layout Description
5882 Usage: You should use the
5886 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5887 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5889 It's not a good idea to use a
5893 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5894 You're better off using
5906 paragraphs into them.
5909 \begin_layout Description
5910 Nesting: You can nest
5914 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5918 \begin_layout Standard
5919 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5920 them from the first line.
5923 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5929 \begin_inset Index idx
5932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5941 \begin_layout Standard
5946 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5949 \begin_layout Standard
5950 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5958 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5963 environment is named
5975 \begin_layout Standard
5984 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5985 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5988 \begin_layout Labeling
5989 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5991 \begin_inset space ~
5994 labels LyX uses the first
5995 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5999 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6002 of each line as the item label.
6007 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
6008 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
6009 blank as described above.
6012 \begin_layout Labeling
6013 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6014 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
6015 the body of the item text.
6016 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
6017 label width plus a little extra space.
6021 \begin_layout Labeling
6022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6024 \begin_inset space ~
6027 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
6029 If the label width is larger, the label
6030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6037 into the first line.
6038 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
6039 margin of the rest of the item text.
6042 \begin_layout Labeling
6043 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6045 \begin_inset space ~
6048 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
6053 environment have the same left margin.
6054 \begin_inset Newline newline
6057 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
6060 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6062 \begin_inset space ~
6071 \begin_inset space ~
6076 determines the default label width.
6077 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
6079 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6086 multiple times instead.
6087 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
6089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6096 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
6099 \begin_inset space ~
6104 every time you alter a label in a
6109 \begin_inset Newline newline
6112 The predefined default width is the length of
6113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6122 \begin_inset Newline newline
6126 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6134 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
6135 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
6143 \begin_layout Standard
6148 environment the same way like the
6152 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
6158 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6167 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6169 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6171 \begin_inset space ~
6175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6177 reference "sec:Nesting"
6181 to learn about nesting.
6184 \begin_layout Standard
6185 There is yet another feature of the
6189 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6191 You can use additional
6195 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6200 are documented in section
6201 \begin_inset space ~
6205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6207 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6212 Here are some examples:
6213 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6219 \begin_layout Labeling
6220 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6221 Left The default for
6228 \begin_layout Labeling
6229 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6237 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6240 \begin_layout Labeling
6241 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6246 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6253 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6256 \begin_layout Subsection
6258 \begin_inset Index idx
6261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6278 \begin_inset space ~
6286 \begin_layout Standard
6287 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6295 \begin_inset space ~
6301 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6302 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6303 In contrast, you can use the
6310 \begin_inset space ~
6315 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6316 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6321 Of course, you're not limited to using
6328 \begin_inset space ~
6337 \begin_inset space ~
6342 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6343 some European academic papers.
6346 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6350 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6357 \begin_layout Standard
6362 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6363 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6367 \begin_inset space ~
6372 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6373 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6374 Here's an example of each:
6377 \begin_layout Right Address
6379 \begin_inset Newline newline
6383 \begin_inset Newline newline
6387 \begin_inset Newline newline
6390 When is it? What is today?
6393 \begin_layout Standard
6397 \begin_inset space ~
6403 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6404 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6405 Here's an example of the
6412 \begin_layout Address
6414 \begin_inset Newline newline
6417 Where do I send this
6418 \begin_inset Newline newline
6421 Your post office and country
6424 \begin_layout Standard
6425 As you can see, both
6432 \begin_inset space ~
6437 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6442 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6448 This makes sense, since
6456 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6457 Thus, you have to use
6464 arg "newline-insert newline"
6470 \begin_inset space ~
6473 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6475 \begin_inset space ~
6484 menu) to start a new line in an
6491 \begin_inset space ~
6499 \begin_layout Subsection
6503 \begin_layout Standard
6504 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6505 or list of references.
6506 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6509 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6513 \begin_inset Index idx
6516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6525 \begin_layout Standard
6530 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6531 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6532 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6533 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6537 in anything else or vice versa.
6543 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6544 The book document classes ignores the
6548 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6552 in a letter document class.
6555 \begin_layout Standard
6560 environment does several things for you.
6561 First, it puts the centered label
6562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6570 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6572 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6573 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6574 the subsequent text.
6575 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6576 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6579 \begin_layout Standard
6580 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6584 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6585 The new paragraph will still be in the
6590 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6591 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6594 \begin_layout Standard
6595 \begin_inset Float figure
6600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6602 \begin_inset Graphics
6603 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6611 \begin_inset Caption
6613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6616 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6637 \begin_layout Standard
6638 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6642 environment, but since this document is in the
6643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6650 class, we can't do this.
6651 We inserted it therefore as figure
6652 \begin_inset space ~
6656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6658 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6663 If you've never heard of an
6664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6671 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6674 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6680 \begin_inset Index idx
6683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6690 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6692 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6699 \begin_layout Standard
6704 environment is used to list references.
6705 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6706 only use it at the end of the document.
6711 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6714 \begin_layout Standard
6715 When you first open a
6719 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6735 depending on the document class.
6736 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6737 Each paragraph of the
6741 environment is a bibliography entry.
6746 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6747 Each new paragraph is still in the
6754 \begin_layout Standard
6755 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6756 by using a BibTeX database.
6757 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6758 phy handling, have a look at in section
6759 \begin_inset space ~
6763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6765 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6772 \begin_layout Subsection
6776 \begin_inset Index idx
6779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6780 Paragraph ! LyX code
6786 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6795 \begin_layout Standard
6800 environment is another LyX extension.
6801 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6806 key as a fixed whitespace;
6810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6822 \begin_inset space ~
6827 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6832 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6833 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6836 arg "newline-insert newline"
6853 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6854 So, when you finish using the
6858 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6859 Also, you can nest the
6863 environment inside of others.
6866 \begin_layout Standard
6867 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6870 \begin_layout Itemize
6874 arg "newline-insert newline"
6877 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6882 \begin_inset space \space{}
6892 arg "newline-insert newline"
6898 \begin_layout Itemize
6902 arg "newline-insert newline"
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6918 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6925 \begin_layout Itemize
6929 arg "space-insert protected"
6936 \begin_layout Itemize
6937 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6938 You must put at least one
6942 in any line you want blank.
6943 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6946 \begin_layout Itemize
6947 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6951 since that will insert
6956 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6959 arg "self-insert \""
6965 \begin_layout Standard
6969 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6973 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6977 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6981 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6985 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6986 printf("Hello World!
6991 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6995 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6999 \begin_layout Standard
7000 This is just the standard
7001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7012 \begin_layout Standard
7017 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
7018 rc-files, and so on.
7019 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
7020 as if you used a typewriter.
7021 \begin_inset Index idx
7024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7025 Paragraph environments|)
7033 \begin_layout Section
7034 Nesting Environments
7035 \begin_inset Index idx
7038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7039 Nesting ! Environments
7045 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7054 \begin_layout Subsection
7058 \begin_layout Standard
7059 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
7061 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
7063 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
7065 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
7067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7077 \begin_layout Enumerate
7081 \begin_layout Enumerate
7086 \begin_layout Enumerate
7090 \begin_layout Enumerate
7095 \begin_layout Enumerate
7099 \begin_layout Standard
7100 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
7101 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
7104 \begin_inset space ~
7108 \begin_inset space ~
7116 \begin_inset space ~
7120 \begin_inset space ~
7129 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
7130 will tell you how far you are nested).
7131 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
7134 arg "depth-increment"
7140 arg "depth-decrement"
7143 or the convenient key bindings
7154 arg "depth-increment"
7160 arg "depth-decrement"
7163 to change the nesting level.
7164 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7165 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7169 \begin_layout Standard
7170 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7171 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7172 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7173 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7176 \begin_layout Standard
7177 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7178 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7180 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7183 \begin_layout Subsection
7184 What You Can and Can't Nest
7187 \begin_layout Standard
7188 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7189 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7192 \begin_layout Standard
7193 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7194 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7195 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7198 \begin_layout Itemize
7199 Completely unnestable
7202 \begin_layout Itemize
7203 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7208 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7212 \begin_layout Standard
7213 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7214 environments have them:
7217 \begin_layout Description
7218 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7219 Can't nest into them.
7223 \begin_layout Itemize
7229 \begin_layout Itemize
7235 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_layout Itemize
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Description
7256 \begin_inset space ~
7259 Nestable You can nest them.
7260 You can nest other things into them.
7264 \begin_layout Itemize
7270 \begin_layout Itemize
7276 \begin_layout Itemize
7282 \begin_layout Itemize
7288 \begin_layout Itemize
7294 \begin_layout Itemize
7300 \begin_layout Itemize
7306 \begin_layout Itemize
7313 \begin_layout Description
7314 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7315 You can't nest anything into them.
7319 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Itemize
7331 \begin_layout Itemize
7337 \begin_layout Itemize
7343 \begin_layout Itemize
7349 \begin_layout Itemize
7355 \begin_layout Itemize
7361 \begin_layout Itemize
7367 \begin_layout Itemize
7373 \begin_layout Itemize
7379 \begin_layout Itemize
7385 \begin_layout Itemize
7391 \begin_layout Itemize
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7401 \begin_inset space ~
7407 \begin_layout Itemize
7414 \begin_layout Standard
7415 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7423 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7432 \begin_inset space ~
7436 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7440 \begin_inset space \space{}
7443 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7444 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7445 section headings violate this.
7453 \begin_layout Subsection
7454 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7455 \begin_inset Index idx
7458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7459 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7467 \begin_layout Standard
7468 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7469 affected by nesting anyhow.
7473 \begin_layout Itemize
7477 \begin_layout Itemize
7481 \begin_layout Itemize
7485 \begin_layout Standard
7487 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7495 Figures and tables in
7499 are not affected by this.
7504 Have a look at section
7505 \begin_inset space ~
7509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7511 reference "sec:Floats"
7515 for more information about
7522 \begin_layout Standard
7523 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7524 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7528 \begin_layout Standard
7529 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7537 of its own, it behaves just like a
7538 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7542 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7545 paragraph environment.
7546 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7550 \begin_layout Standard
7551 Here's an example with a table:
7554 \begin_layout Enumerate
7559 \begin_layout Enumerate
7560 This is (a) and it's nested.
7564 \begin_layout Standard
7565 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7571 \begin_layout Standard
7573 \begin_inset Tabular
7574 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7575 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7576 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7577 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7661 \begin_layout Standard
7662 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7669 \begin_layout Enumerate
7671 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7683 \begin_layout Enumerate
7688 \begin_layout Enumerate
7689 This is (a) and it's nested.
7693 \begin_layout Standard
7694 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7700 \begin_layout Standard
7702 \begin_inset Tabular
7703 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7704 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7705 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7706 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7790 \begin_layout Standard
7791 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7804 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7807 \begin_layout Enumerate
7811 \begin_layout Standard
7812 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7816 \begin_layout Standard
7817 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7819 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7822 \begin_layout Enumerate
7827 \begin_layout Enumerate
7828 This is (a) and it's nested.
7831 \begin_layout Standard
7832 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7838 \begin_layout Standard
7840 \begin_inset Tabular
7841 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7842 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7928 \begin_layout Standard
7929 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7935 \begin_layout Enumerate
7937 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7945 \begin_layout Enumerate
7949 \begin_layout Standard
7950 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7956 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7957 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7961 \begin_layout Subsection
7962 Usage and General Features
7965 \begin_layout Standard
7966 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7975 is the innermost possible depth.
7976 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7979 \begin_layout Enumerate
7980 level #1 – outermost
7984 \begin_layout Enumerate
7989 \begin_layout Enumerate
7994 \begin_layout Enumerate
7999 \begin_layout Itemize
8004 \begin_layout Itemize
8013 \begin_layout Standard
8014 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
8015 both of them in the example.
8016 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
8026 For example, if we tried to nest another
8031 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8035 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8038 , we would get errors.
8041 \begin_layout Subsection
8043 \begin_inset Index idx
8046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8055 \begin_layout Standard
8056 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
8057 We have several examples of nested environments.
8058 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
8062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8063 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
8066 \begin_layout Labeling
8067 \labelwidthstring MMM
8068 #1-a This is the outermost level.
8077 \begin_layout Labeling
8078 \labelwidthstring MMM
8079 #2-a This is level #2.
8080 We created it by using
8083 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8089 arg "depth-increment"
8096 \begin_layout Labeling
8097 \labelwidthstring MMM
8098 #3-a This is level #3.
8099 This time, we just hit
8106 arg "depth-increment"
8110 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
8114 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8120 arg "depth-increment"
8127 \begin_layout Standard
8132 environment, nested inside of
8133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8141 So, it's at level #4.
8142 We did this by hitting
8145 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8151 arg "depth-increment"
8154 , then changing the paragraph environment to
8159 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8175 \begin_layout Standard
8180 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8183 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8189 \begin_layout Labeling
8190 \labelwidthstring MMM
8191 #4-a This is level #4.
8195 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8198 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8203 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8207 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8212 keep nesting things inside
8213 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8224 \begin_layout Labeling
8225 \labelwidthstring MMM
8226 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8231 \begin_layout Labeling
8232 \labelwidthstring MMM
8233 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8234 and this is level #6.
8235 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8239 \begin_layout Labeling
8240 \labelwidthstring MMM
8241 #5-b Back to level #5.
8245 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8251 arg "depth-decrement"
8258 \begin_layout Labeling
8259 \labelwidthstring MMM
8263 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8269 arg "depth-decrement"
8272 , we're back at level #4.
8276 \begin_layout Labeling
8277 \labelwidthstring MMM
8278 #3-b Back to level #3.
8279 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8283 \begin_layout Labeling
8284 \labelwidthstring MMM
8285 #2-b Back to level #2.
8290 \begin_layout Labeling
8291 \labelwidthstring MMM
8292 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8293 After this sentence, we'll hit
8297 and change the paragraph environment back to
8304 \begin_layout Standard
8305 We could have also used the
8321 environment in place of the
8326 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8329 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8330 Example 2: Inheritance
8333 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8334 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8337 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8346 arg "depth-increment"
8349 , after which, we'll change to the
8357 \begin_layout Enumerate
8362 environment, at level #2.
8365 \begin_layout Enumerate
8366 Notice how the nested
8370 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8374 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8378 \begin_layout Standard
8379 We ended this example by hitting
8384 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8388 and reset the nesting depth by using
8391 arg "depth-decrement"
8397 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8398 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8407 \begin_inset Argument
8410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8411 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8419 \begin_layout Enumerate
8420 This is level #1, in an
8424 paragraph environment.
8425 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8429 \begin_layout Enumerate
8434 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8440 arg "depth-increment"
8444 Now, what happens if we nest an
8448 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8449 label be? An asterisk?
8453 \begin_layout Itemize
8463 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8464 So, its label is a bullet.
8465 (We got here by using
8468 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8474 arg "depth-increment"
8477 , then changing the environment to
8485 \begin_layout Itemize
8486 Here's level #4, produced using
8489 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8495 arg "depth-increment"
8499 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8504 \begin_layout Enumerate
8505 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8507 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8512 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8516 , because we are in the
8525 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8544 \begin_layout Enumerate
8549 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8550 type of numbering does LyX use?
8553 \begin_layout Enumerate
8554 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8557 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8560 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8563 \begin_layout Enumerate
8567 arg "depth-decrement"
8570 to decrease the depth after the next
8573 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8580 \begin_layout Enumerate
8582 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8586 \begin_layout Enumerate
8588 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8589 numeral as the label.Why?
8592 \begin_layout Enumerate
8593 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8602 Notice, however, that LyX
8606 reset the counter for the label.
8610 \begin_layout Enumerate
8614 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8620 arg "depth-decrement"
8623 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8624 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8625 into the twofold-nested
8633 \begin_layout Enumerate
8634 The same thing happens if we do another
8637 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8643 arg "depth-decrement"
8646 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8649 \begin_layout Standard
8650 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8655 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8669 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8675 The same rule applies for the
8679 environment, as well.
8682 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8683 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8686 \begin_layout Enumerate
8687 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8688 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8689 same detail with how we did it.
8698 \begin_layout Standard
8706 arg "depth-increment"
8713 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8714 example in parentheses someplace.
8715 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8716 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8717 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8721 \begin_layout Enumerate
8726 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8731 Now we'll add verse.
8732 \begin_inset Newline newline
8735 It will get much worse.
8736 \begin_inset Newline newline
8746 arg "depth-increment"
8757 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8758 \begin_inset Newline newline
8761 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8762 \begin_inset Newline newline
8768 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8781 \begin_layout Standard
8782 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8790 \begin_inset Tabular
8791 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8792 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8793 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8794 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8883 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8893 arg "depth-increment"
8899 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8909 arg "depth-decrement"
8916 \begin_layout Enumerate
8921 : level #1) This is another item.
8922 Note that selecting a
8926 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8927 3 times to put the table inside the
8935 \begin_layout Quotation
8936 We're now ending the
8940 list and changing to
8945 We're still at level #1.
8946 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8947 The next set of paragraphs is a
8948 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8952 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8962 \begin_inset space ~
8967 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8971 for the letter body.
8975 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8978 to preserve the depth.
8979 Remember that you need to use
8982 arg "newline-insert newline"
8985 to create multiple lines inside the
8992 \begin_inset space ~
9002 \begin_layout Right Address
9004 \begin_inset Newline newline
9007 Moosegroin, MT 00100
9008 \begin_inset Newline newline
9014 \begin_layout Address
9016 \begin_inset space ~
9022 \begin_layout Quotation
9023 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
9024 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9027 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
9028 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
9029 a backlog in our orders for methane.
9030 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
9031 as soon as possible.
9032 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
9035 \begin_layout Quotation
9036 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
9037 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
9038 with your order, along with payment.
9041 \begin_layout Quotation
9042 We thank you again for your patience.
9045 \begin_layout Address
9047 \begin_inset Newline newline
9054 \begin_layout Quotation
9055 That ends that example!
9058 \begin_layout Standard
9059 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
9060 just a few keystrokes.
9061 We could have easily nested an
9082 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
9085 \begin_layout Section
9086 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
9087 \begin_inset Index idx
9090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9099 \begin_layout Standard
9100 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
9101 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
9102 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
9103 be broken at the end of a line.
9104 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
9108 \begin_layout Subsection
9110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9112 name "sub:Protected-Space"
9117 \begin_inset Index idx
9120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9129 \begin_layout Standard
9130 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
9132 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
9136 Further documentation is given in section
9137 \begin_inset Newline newline
9141 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9143 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9151 \begin_layout Standard
9152 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
9153 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9161 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9167 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9176 A protected space is set with
9178 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9179 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9183 \begin_inset space ~
9193 arg "space-insert protected"
9199 \begin_layout Subsection
9201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9203 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9208 \begin_inset Index idx
9211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9212 Spacing ! Horizontal
9220 \begin_layout Standard
9221 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9223 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9224 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9228 The length units are listed in Appendix
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9235 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9246 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9251 \begin_inset Index idx
9254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9263 \begin_layout Standard
9265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9269 \begin_inset space \space{}
9272 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9273 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9274 \begin_inset space ~
9278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9280 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9285 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9286 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9289 arg "space-insert normal"
9295 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9299 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9304 \begin_inset Index idx
9307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9316 \begin_layout Standard
9318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9325 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9334 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9335 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9336 inside abbreviations:
9341 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9345 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9348 \begin_layout Standard
9349 or between values and units.
9350 Compare for example this:
9351 \begin_inset Newline newline
9355 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9359 \begin_inset Newline newline
9365 \begin_layout Standard
9366 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9368 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9369 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9371 \begin_inset space ~
9379 arg "space-insert thin"
9385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9389 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9396 \begin_layout Standard
9397 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9400 \begin_layout Description
9402 \begin_inset space ~
9406 \begin_inset space ~
9410 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9414 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9418 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9421 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9424 \begin_layout Description
9426 \begin_inset space ~
9430 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9434 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9438 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9442 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 em) space between the arrows.
9452 \begin_layout Description
9454 \begin_inset space ~
9458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9466 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9470 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9474 \begin_inset space ~
9478 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9481 em) space between the arrows.
9484 \begin_layout Description
9486 \begin_inset space ~
9490 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9494 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9498 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9502 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9506 \begin_inset space ~
9510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9513 em) space between the arrows.
9516 \begin_layout Description
9518 \begin_inset space ~
9522 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9526 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9531 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9535 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9538 cm space between the arrows.
9541 \begin_layout Standard
9543 \begin_inset space ~
9547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9549 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9553 lists the different space sizes.
9556 \begin_layout Standard
9557 \begin_inset Float table
9562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9564 \begin_inset Caption
9566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9569 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9573 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9583 \begin_inset Tabular
9584 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9585 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9586 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9587 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9627 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9651 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9727 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9755 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9783 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9804 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9810 \begin_inset Index idx
9813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9822 \begin_layout Standard
9823 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9824 in a uniform fashion.
9825 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9826 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9827 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9828 equally between themselves.
9832 \begin_layout Standard
9833 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9838 This is on the left side
9839 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9842 This is on the right
9848 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9852 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9861 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9865 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9869 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9875 \begin_layout Standard
9876 That was an example in the
9882 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9886 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9890 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9893 is one in a standard paragraph.
9894 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9898 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9901 \begin_layout Standard
9902 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9905 \begin_inset space ~
9910 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9913 \begin_layout Standard
9915 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9919 \begin_inset space ~
9925 \begin_layout Standard
9927 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9931 \begin_inset space ~
9937 \begin_layout Standard
9939 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9943 \begin_inset space ~
9949 \begin_layout Standard
9951 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9955 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_layout Standard
9963 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9967 \begin_inset space ~
9973 \begin_layout Standard
9975 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9979 \begin_inset space ~
9985 \begin_layout Standard
9986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9994 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9998 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9999 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
10000 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
10004 option in the space dialog.
10012 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10014 \begin_inset Index idx
10017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10026 \begin_layout Standard
10027 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
10029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10033 \begin_inset space \space{}
10036 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
10039 \begin_layout Standard
10040 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10043 What is correct English?:
10044 \begin_inset Newline newline
10048 \begin_inset Newline newline
10052 \begin_inset space ~
10055 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
10056 \begin_inset Newline newline
10060 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10071 \begin_inset Newline newline
10075 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
10078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10086 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
10092 \begin_layout Standard
10093 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
10094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10098 \begin_inset space ~
10102 \begin_inset space ~
10106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10110 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
10112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10113 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10117 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
10119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10123 \begin_inset space ~
10127 \begin_inset space ~
10131 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10134 into the phantom inset (note the space after
10135 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10143 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
10144 That is why it is named
10145 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10149 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10153 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
10154 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
10158 \begin_layout Subsection
10160 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10162 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10167 \begin_inset Index idx
10170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10179 \begin_layout Standard
10180 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10183 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10185 \begin_inset space ~
10191 There you find the following sizes:
10194 \begin_layout Standard
10207 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10212 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10214 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10218 \begin_inset Index idx
10221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10222 Document ! Settings
10227 for the paragraph separation.
10228 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10239 \begin_layout Standard
10245 \begin_inset Index idx
10248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10254 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10255 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10257 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10258 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10267 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10276 s are described in section
10277 \begin_inset space ~
10281 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10283 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10292 If there are several
10296 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10297 You can therefore use
10301 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10304 \begin_layout Standard
10309 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10310 \begin_inset space ~
10314 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10316 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10323 \begin_layout Standard
10324 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10334 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10335 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10347 \begin_layout Subsection
10348 Paragraph Alignment
10351 \begin_layout Standard
10352 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10354 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10358 There are five possibilities:
10361 \begin_layout Itemize
10369 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10375 \begin_layout Itemize
10383 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10389 \begin_layout Itemize
10397 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10403 \begin_layout Itemize
10411 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10417 \begin_layout Itemize
10425 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10431 \begin_layout Standard
10432 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10433 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10434 the left and right margins.
10435 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10438 \begin_layout Standard
10440 This paragraph is right aligned,
10443 \begin_layout Standard
10445 this one is centered,
10448 \begin_layout Standard
10450 this one is left aligned.
10453 \begin_layout Subsection
10455 \begin_inset Index idx
10458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10459 Page breaks ! Forced
10465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10467 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10474 \begin_layout Standard
10475 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10476 can force a page break where you want one.
10477 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10478 Only if you use a lot of
10482 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10485 \begin_layout Standard
10486 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10487 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10491 have to change the page breaking.
10494 \begin_layout Standard
10495 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10497 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10499 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10500 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10502 \begin_inset space ~
10508 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10510 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10511 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10513 \begin_inset space ~
10518 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10520 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10521 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10524 \begin_layout Standard
10525 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10526 at the top of a page.
10527 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10528 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10529 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10530 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10534 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10538 to learn more about
10545 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10549 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10554 \begin_inset Index idx
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10558 Page breaks ! Clear
10566 \begin_layout Standard
10567 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10568 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10569 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10570 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10571 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10574 \begin_layout Standard
10575 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10577 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10578 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10580 \begin_inset space ~
10586 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10588 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10589 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10591 \begin_inset space ~
10595 \begin_inset space ~
10600 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10601 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10604 \begin_layout Subsection
10606 \begin_inset Index idx
10609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10618 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10625 \begin_layout Standard
10626 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10628 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10630 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10631 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10633 \begin_inset space ~
10637 \begin_inset space ~
10645 arg "newline-insert newline"
10649 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10651 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10652 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10654 \begin_inset space ~
10658 \begin_inset space ~
10663 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10665 This is necessary to avoid
10666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10670 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10673 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10676 \begin_layout Standard
10677 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10678 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10679 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10680 set a line break, e.
10681 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10685 \begin_inset space \space{}
10688 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10689 \begin_inset space ~
10693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10695 reference "sec:Quote"
10700 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10702 reference "sec:Verse"
10707 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10709 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10716 \begin_layout Subsection
10718 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10720 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10725 \begin_inset Index idx
10728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10737 \begin_layout Standard
10739 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10750 \begin_layout Standard
10753 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10754 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10756 \begin_inset space ~
10761 you can insert horizontal lines.
10762 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10763 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10766 \begin_layout Standard
10768 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10779 \begin_layout Section
10780 Characters and Symbols
10783 \begin_layout Standard
10784 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10785 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10790 \begin_inset space \space{}
10793 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10795 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10799 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10801 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10805 for information on how this is done.
10808 \begin_layout Standard
10809 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10814 dialog via the menu
10816 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10817 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10823 \begin_layout Standard
10824 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10832 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10833 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10834 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10842 \begin_layout Section
10843 Fonts and Text Styles
10844 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10846 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10853 \begin_layout Subsection
10855 \begin_inset Index idx
10858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 \begin_layout Standard
10868 There are two types of fonts:
10871 \begin_layout Description
10873 \begin_inset space ~
10877 \begin_inset Index idx
10880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10886 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
10887 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10891 characters) in the font.
10892 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10893 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10894 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10895 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10896 This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10897 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10898 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10899 \begin_inset Newline newline
10902 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10903 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10904 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10905 sizes than at small ones.
10906 \begin_inset Newline newline
10920 \begin_inset space ~
10928 \begin_layout Description
10930 \begin_inset space ~
10934 \begin_inset Index idx
10937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10943 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10944 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10945 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10946 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10947 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10948 picture manipulation program.
10949 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10950 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10951 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10952 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10953 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10955 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10956 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10957 \begin_inset Newline newline
10960 Bitmap fonts are named
10963 \begin_inset space ~
10968 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
10973 designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10974 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10975 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10976 use scalable fonts.
10979 \begin_layout Standard
10980 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10981 its document properties.
10984 \begin_layout Standard
10985 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10986 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10987 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10988 font to emphasize text, you use an
10989 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10993 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10997 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10998 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
11002 \begin_layout Subsection
11004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11006 name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11013 \begin_layout Standard
11014 Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
11015 That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
11016 operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
11018 The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
11019 which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
11020 The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
11021 to usual word processors.
11022 On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
11023 are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
11024 across different machines.
11025 Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
11026 lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
11028 In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
11030 \begin_inset space ~
11034 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11036 reference "sub:Document-Font"
11041 However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
11042 in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
11046 \begin_layout Standard
11047 Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
11048 also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
11049 system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
11050 Both engines are now supported by LyX.
11051 By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
11052 that is installed on your system.
11053 The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
11056 \begin_layout Standard
11057 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11065 In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
11066 es; so you might have to experiment.
11074 \begin_layout Standard
11075 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11083 XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
11084 as traditional LaTeX or PDFLaTeX.
11092 \begin_layout Subsection
11093 Document Font and Font size
11094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11096 name "sub:Document-Font"
11101 \begin_inset Index idx
11104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11111 \begin_inset Index idx
11114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11123 \begin_layout Standard
11124 You can set the document fonts in the
11126 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11130 \begin_inset Index idx
11133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11134 Document ! Settings
11144 section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
11145 three different font shapes — roman (serif),
11148 \begin_inset space ~
11157 (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
11158 (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
11162 \begin_layout Standard
11169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11178 , you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
11179 This requires that you use
11185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11224 as output format, i.
11225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11229 \begin_inset space ~
11232 you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
11233 \begin_inset space ~
11237 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11239 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
11244 You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
11246 Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
11248 \begin_inset space ~
11251 serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
11252 Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
11253 to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
11255 Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
11258 \begin_layout Standard
11259 If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
11264 and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
11269 the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
11270 In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
11271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11287 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11292 European Computer Modern
11295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11302 ), but some classes preset different default fonts.
11305 \begin_layout Standard
11314 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
11315 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
11319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11320 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
11323 \begin_inset space ~
11328 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
11334 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
11335 Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
11338 \begin_layout Itemize
11347 ) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
11361 was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
11365 as the default font.
11366 It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
11367 Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
11379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11380 One difference is improved kerning for the
11392 \begin_layout Itemize
11401 ) fonts in (the rare) case that
11405 is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
11420 Virtual means that it
11421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11432 -glyphs from other fonts.
11433 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11435 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11439 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11455 Loading the LaTeX-package
11460 \begin_inset Index idx
11463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11464 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11469 with the document preamble line
11470 \begin_inset Newline newline
11477 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11478 \begin_inset Newline newline
11483 will fix the guillemet problem.
11488 and that accented characters are not
11492 glyph, but build of
11496 characters, the accent and the letter.
11497 Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
11503 If you search for example for the French word
11504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11511 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11520 and not for the glyph
11521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11525 \begin_inset space ~
11529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11535 \begin_layout Itemize
11536 If you do not like the look of
11544 , you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
11545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11549 \begin_inset space ~
11563 Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
11564 \begin_inset space ~
11567 serif and typewriter fonts
11571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11572 These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
11573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11584 for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
11585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11597 , different shapes of the same font, i.
11598 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11611 , but you can also select your own.
11612 \begin_inset Newline newline
11615 The differences between roman,
11618 \begin_inset space ~
11627 fonts are explained in section
11628 \begin_inset space ~
11632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11634 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11639 \begin_inset Newline newline
11646 was originally designed for newspapers.
11647 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11648 into the small newspaper columns.
11653 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11654 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11657 For the font size there are generally four possible values:
11670 Some classes provide additional sizes.
11675 depends on the class you are using.
11676 In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
11679 \begin_layout Standard
11680 Note that the font size is the
11685 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11686 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11687 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11690 \begin_inset space ~
11696 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11697 \begin_inset space ~
11701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11703 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11710 \begin_layout Standard
11715 selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
11717 \begin_inset space ~
11720 serif or typewriter.
11725 selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
11735 , but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
11738 \begin_layout Standard
11747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11756 selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
11762 \begin_inset space ~
11766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11768 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
11773 Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
11774 Unless you have specific reasons, use
11781 \begin_layout Standard
11782 With some fonts, the checkboxes
11784 Use Old Style Figures
11788 Use True Small Caps
11791 These are extra features some fonts provide.
11794 Use Old Style Figures
11796 is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
11798 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11802 \begin_inset space ~
11805 figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
11808 Use True Small Caps
11810 determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
11811 of scaled capitals.
11812 Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
11813 better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
11816 \begin_layout Standard
11821 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11822 a font to display the script characters.
11826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11827 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11832 So this has no effect for the document language
11848 \begin_layout Standard
11849 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11853 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11861 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11865 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11866 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11867 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11869 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11872 dialog, see section
11873 \begin_inset space ~
11877 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11879 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11891 \begin_layout Subsection
11892 Using Different Character Styles
11893 \begin_inset Index idx
11896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11903 \begin_inset Index idx
11906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11915 \begin_layout Standard
11916 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11917 certain paragraph environments.
11918 LyX supports two character styles,
11927 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11931 \begin_layout Standard
11936 style, do one of the following:
11939 \begin_layout Itemize
11940 click on the toolbar button
11949 \begin_layout Itemize
11950 use the key binding
11959 \begin_layout Standard
11960 These commands are all toggles.
11965 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11968 \begin_layout Standard
11969 One typically uses the
11973 style for proper names.
11975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11982 is the original author of LyX.
11983 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11989 \begin_layout Standard
11990 A more widely used character style is the
11995 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
12002 \begin_layout Itemize
12003 clicking on the toolbar button
12012 \begin_layout Itemize
12013 using the keybindings
12022 \begin_layout Standard
12027 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
12028 es use a different font.
12031 \begin_layout Standard
12032 We've been using the
12036 style all over the place in this document.
12037 Here's one more example:
12040 \begin_layout Quotation
12043 Don't overuse character styles!
12046 \begin_layout Standard
12047 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
12048 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
12049 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
12050 the common tendency to overuse character style.
12054 \begin_layout Standard
12055 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
12063 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12065 \begin_inset space ~
12073 \begin_layout Subsection
12074 Fine-Tuning with the
12079 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12081 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
12086 \begin_inset Index idx
12089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12098 \begin_layout Standard
12099 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
12100 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
12101 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
12102 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
12103 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
12104 from ordinary dialog.
12107 \begin_layout Standard
12108 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
12109 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
12110 \begin_inset Newline newline
12113 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
12114 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
12117 \begin_layout Standard
12118 To use custom character styles, open the
12120 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12122 \begin_inset space ~
12125 Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12126 Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
12130 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
12131 font property which you can choose.
12132 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
12135 \begin_inset space ~
12140 , which keeps the current state of that property.
12145 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
12146 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
12147 environments in a snap.
12150 \begin_layout Standard
12151 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
12154 \begin_inset space ~
12166 \begin_layout Labeling
12167 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12181 The possible options are:
12185 \begin_layout Labeling
12186 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12191 This is the Roman font family.
12192 Normally a serif font.
12193 It's also the default family.
12203 \begin_layout Labeling
12204 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12208 \begin_inset space ~
12215 This is the Sans Serif font family.
12227 \begin_layout Labeling
12228 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12235 This is the Typewriter font family.
12241 arg "font-typewriter"
12250 \begin_layout Labeling
12251 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12256 This corresponds to the print weight.
12261 \begin_layout Labeling
12262 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12267 This is the Medium font series.
12268 It's also the default series.
12271 \begin_layout Labeling
12272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12279 This is the Bold font series.
12292 \begin_layout Labeling
12293 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12298 As the name implies.
12303 \begin_layout Labeling
12304 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12309 This is the Upright font shape.
12310 It's also the default shape.
12313 \begin_layout Labeling
12314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12328 s the Italic font shape
12334 \begin_layout Labeling
12335 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12342 This is the Slanted font shape
12344 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
12347 \begin_layout Labeling
12348 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12352 \begin_inset space ~
12359 This is the Small caps font shape
12366 \begin_layout Labeling
12367 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12372 Alters the size of the font.
12373 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
12374 nal to the document font size.
12375 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
12376 what you want to do.
12381 \begin_layout Labeling
12382 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12394 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12403 arg "font-size tiny"
12409 \begin_layout Labeling
12410 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12431 arg "font-size scriptsize"
12437 \begin_layout Labeling
12438 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12446 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12450 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 arg "font-size footnotesize"
12465 \begin_layout Labeling
12466 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12487 arg "font-size small"
12493 \begin_layout Labeling
12494 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12500 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12504 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12508 It's also the default size.
12512 arg "font-size normal"
12518 \begin_layout Labeling
12519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12527 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12531 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12540 arg "font-size large"
12546 \begin_layout Labeling
12547 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12555 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12559 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12568 arg "font-size larger"
12574 \begin_layout Labeling
12575 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12583 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12596 arg "font-size largest"
12602 \begin_layout Labeling
12603 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12611 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12615 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12624 arg "font-size huge"
12630 \begin_layout Labeling
12631 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12643 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12652 arg "font-size giant"
12658 \begin_layout Labeling
12659 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12664 This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
12665 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12684 arg "font-size increase"
12690 \begin_layout Labeling
12691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12696 This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12701 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12716 arg "font-size decrease"
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12728 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12729 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12730 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12731 — use that instead.
12732 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12735 \begin_layout Labeling
12736 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12741 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12746 \begin_layout Labeling
12747 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12754 This is text with emphasize on
12757 This might seem like the same as
12761 , but it is actually a bit different.
12767 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12769 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12772 \begin_layout Labeling
12773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12780 This is text with Underbar on.
12786 arg "font-underline"
12792 \begin_inset Newline newline
12797 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12798 when you couldn't change fonts.
12799 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12800 It's only included in LyX because some people
12804 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12807 \begin_layout Labeling
12808 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12812 \begin_inset space ~
12819 This is text with Double underbar on.
12825 arg "font-underunderline"
12829 \begin_inset Newline newline
12832 If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
12833 about double underbar.
12836 \begin_layout Labeling
12837 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12841 \begin_inset space ~
12848 This is text with Wavy underbar on.
12854 arg "font-underwave"
12858 \begin_inset Newline newline
12861 Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
12862 Keep antinausea pills handy.
12865 \begin_layout Labeling
12866 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12873 This is text with Strikeout on.
12879 arg "font-strikeout"
12882 ) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
12886 \begin_layout Labeling
12887 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12894 This is text with Noun on.
12901 , this is a logical attribute.
12902 Normally it's equivalent to
12905 \begin_inset space ~
12914 \begin_layout Labeling
12915 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12920 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12921 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12925 \begin_inset space ~
12930 , which is the default
12931 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12938 and means normally black, you can choose between
12971 \begin_inset Index idx
12974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12983 \begin_layout Labeling
12984 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12989 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12990 the language of the document.
12991 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12995 \begin_layout Standard
12996 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12997 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13001 \begin_inset space ~
13006 dialog, the settings are saved.
13007 You can activate them using the toolbar button
13010 arg "textstyle-apply"
13014 The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
13019 \begin_layout Standard
13020 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
13027 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
13028 (suppose you just set the shape to
13029 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13033 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13047 \begin_inset space ~
13059 \begin_layout Standard
13060 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
13068 \begin_inset space ~
13080 \begin_layout Itemize
13086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13093 font, that means every character has the same width, the
13094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13098 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13102 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13111 \begin_inset Newline newline
13115 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
13118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13129 \begin_inset Note Note
13132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13133 For more on phantoms see section
13134 \begin_inset space ~
13138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13140 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
13150 \begin_inset Newline newline
13156 \begin_layout Itemize
13161 fonts use characters with serifs.
13162 These are the small
13163 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13167 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13170 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
13171 The following example will show the difference:
13172 \begin_inset Newline newline
13176 \begin_inset Newline newline
13181 text without serifs
13184 \begin_inset Newline newline
13187 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
13188 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
13195 \begin_layout Itemize
13201 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
13202 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
13205 \begin_layout Standard
13206 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13210 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13213 refers to applying or removing font properties.
13214 When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
13215 the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
13217 If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
13218 has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
13219 not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
13221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13236 mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
13237 For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
13238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13245 etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
13247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13254 is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
13257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13278 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13286 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13289 , then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
13291 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13295 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13298 ), no matter how many times you apply the style.
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
13304 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
13307 \begin_layout Section
13308 Printing and Previewing
13311 \begin_layout Subsection
13315 \begin_layout Standard
13316 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
13317 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
13318 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
13319 goes on behind-the-scenes.
13320 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
13322 Additional Features
13327 \begin_layout Standard
13328 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
13329 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
13330 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
13331 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
13332 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
13333 This happens in two stages:
13336 \begin_layout Enumerate
13337 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
13338 generating a file with the extension,
13339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13347 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13353 \begin_layout Enumerate
13354 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
13358 file to produce printable output.
13362 \begin_layout Subsection
13363 Output file formats
13364 \begin_inset Index idx
13367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13374 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13376 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
13383 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13384 Simple text (ASCII)
13385 \begin_inset Index idx
13388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13389 File formats ! ASCII
13397 \begin_layout Standard
13398 This file type has the extension
13399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13411 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
13412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13415 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
13416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13422 \begin_layout Standard
13423 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
13425 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13426 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13428 \begin_inset space ~
13435 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13436 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13438 \begin_inset space ~
13442 \begin_inset space ~
13448 The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
13452 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13454 \begin_inset Index idx
13457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13458 File formats ! LaTeX
13466 \begin_layout Standard
13467 This file type has the extension
13468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13476 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13479 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
13481 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
13482 it manually with console commands.
13483 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
13484 you view or export your document.
13487 \begin_layout Standard
13488 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
13490 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13491 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13508 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13510 \begin_inset Index idx
13513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13522 \begin_layout Standard
13523 This file type has the extension
13524 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13544 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
13545 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
13546 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13551 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
13552 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13553 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13554 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
13556 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13559 \begin_layout Standard
13560 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13562 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13563 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13568 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13569 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13571 \begin_inset space ~
13578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13588 The latter option uses the program
13597 is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13598 font access (see section
13599 \begin_inset space ~
13603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13605 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13610 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13614 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13616 \begin_inset Index idx
13619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13620 File formats ! PostScript
13628 \begin_layout Standard
13629 This file type has the extension
13630 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13642 PostScript was developed by the company
13646 as a printer language.
13647 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13649 PostScript can be seen as a
13650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13653 programming language
13654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13657 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13662 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
13668 \begin_inset Index idx
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13672 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13682 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13685 \begin_layout Standard
13686 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13690 Encapsulated PostScript
13691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13694 (EPS, file extension
13695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13707 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13708 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13710 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13713 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
13714 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13717 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
13718 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13719 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13720 EPS to avoid this problem.
13723 \begin_layout Standard
13724 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13726 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13727 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13733 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13735 \begin_inset Index idx
13738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13745 \begin_inset Index idx
13748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13757 \begin_layout Standard
13758 This file type has the extension
13759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13775 Portable Document Format
13776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13783 was derived from PostScript.
13784 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
13786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13790 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13793 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13794 looks exactly the same.
13797 \begin_layout Standard
13798 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13802 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13806 (JPG, file extension
13807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13815 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13834 Portable Network Graphics
13835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13838 (PNG, file extension
13839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13851 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13852 in the background to one of these formats.
13853 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13854 will slow down your workflow.
13855 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13861 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13864 in three different ways:
13867 \begin_layout Description
13868 PDF This uses the program
13872 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13873 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13877 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13878 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13881 \begin_layout Description
13883 \begin_inset space ~
13886 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13890 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13894 \begin_layout Description
13896 \begin_inset space ~
13899 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13903 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13906 \begin_layout Description
13908 \begin_inset space ~
13915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13922 X) This uses the program
13926 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13931 is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
13932 font access (see section
13933 \begin_inset space ~
13937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13939 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13944 It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
13947 \begin_layout Description
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13963 X) This uses the program
13967 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13972 is an even newer engine, derived from
13976 , that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
13977 access (see section
13978 \begin_inset space ~
13982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13984 reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
13989 LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
13993 \begin_layout Standard
13994 We recommend to use
13997 \begin_inset space ~
14006 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
14007 works without problems.
14008 If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
14009 or specific OpenType fonts, you might
14013 \begin_inset space ~
14020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14032 \begin_inset space ~
14039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14048 instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
14056 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14058 \begin_inset Index idx
14061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14062 FileFormats ! XHTML
14068 \begin_inset Index idx
14071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14080 \begin_layout Standard
14081 This file type has the extension
14082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14094 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
14095 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
14096 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
14097 suitable for the purpose.
14098 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
14099 it, but not all do.
14102 \begin_layout Standard
14103 XHTML output remains
14104 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14108 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14111 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
14113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14116 LyX and the World Wide Web
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14122 Additional Features
14124 manual, for more information.
14127 \begin_layout Standard
14128 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
14130 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14131 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14137 \begin_layout Subsection
14139 \begin_inset Index idx
14142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14151 \begin_layout Standard
14152 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
14153 breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
14162 or the toolbar button
14169 A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
14170 output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
14171 \begin_inset space ~
14175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14177 reference "sec:File-Formats"
14181 ) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
14183 \begin_inset space ~
14187 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14189 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
14194 Further output formats can be selected via
14196 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14199 or the toolbar button
14200 \begin_inset Graphics
14201 filename ../images/view-others.png
14203 groupId toolbarbuttons
14210 \begin_layout Standard
14211 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
14212 viewer window using the menu
14214 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14219 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14220 Update (Other Formats)
14225 \begin_layout Standard
14226 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
14228 To have a real output, export your document.
14231 \begin_layout Subsection
14232 Printing the File from within LyX
14233 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14235 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
14242 \begin_layout Standard
14243 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
14244 it directly from within LyX.
14245 To print a file, select the menu
14247 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14250 or click on the toolbar button
14253 arg "dialog-show print"
14257 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
14258 This file is then processed by the program
14262 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
14267 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
14270 \begin_layout Standard
14271 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
14272 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
14273 printing one set to print on the other side.
14274 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
14275 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
14276 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
14279 \begin_layout Standard
14280 You can set the parameters in the
14283 \begin_inset space ~
14291 \begin_layout Labeling
14292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14297 This is the name of the printer to print to.
14301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14302 Note that this printer name is for the program
14311 has to be configured for this printer name.
14312 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
14313 \begin_inset space ~
14317 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14319 reference "sub:Printer"
14328 The printer should understand PostScript.
14331 \begin_layout Labeling
14332 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14337 The name of a file to print to.
14338 The output will be a PostScript file.
14339 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
14343 \begin_layout Section
14344 A few Words about Typography
14345 \begin_inset Index idx
14348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14357 \begin_layout Subsection
14359 \begin_inset Index idx
14362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14371 \begin_layout Standard
14373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14384 character comes in four lengths: the
14396 , and the minus sign:
14397 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14403 \begin_layout Standard
14404 \begin_inset Tabular
14405 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
14406 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14407 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14408 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14409 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14410 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
14432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14439 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14470 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14479 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14504 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14506 \begin_inset space ~
14509 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14516 <row interlinespace="3mm">
14517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14541 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14543 \begin_inset space ~
14546 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14567 \begin_inset Formula $-$
14575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14579 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14587 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14601 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
14607 \begin_layout Standard
14608 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
14609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14617 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14620 character multiple times in a row.
14621 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
14622 the final output, but not in LyX.
14624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14628 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14636 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14640 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14644 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14648 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14654 \begin_layout Standard
14655 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
14656 math mode and has a length of its own.
14657 Here are some examples of the
14658 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14666 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14672 \begin_layout Enumerate
14673 line- and page-breaks
14674 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14684 \begin_layout Enumerate
14686 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14696 \begin_layout Enumerate
14697 Oh — there's a dash.
14698 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14708 \begin_layout Enumerate
14709 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
14713 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
14723 \begin_layout Subsection
14725 \begin_inset Index idx
14728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14737 name "sub:Hyphenation"
14744 \begin_layout Standard
14745 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
14746 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
14751 \begin_inset Index idx
14754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14755 LaTeX-packages ! babel
14760 following the rules of the document language
14764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14765 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
14773 \begin_inset space ~
14777 \begin_inset space ~
14784 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14795 \begin_layout Standard
14796 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
14801 font and with unusual constructs, like
14802 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14810 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
14811 This is done with the menu
14813 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14814 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14816 \begin_inset space ~
14822 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
14823 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
14826 \begin_layout Standard
14827 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
14828 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
14830 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14834 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14838 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
14839 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14846 as a hyphenation possibility.
14847 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
14848 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
14849 as described in section
14850 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14853 Prevent Hyphenation
14854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14864 \begin_layout Subsection
14866 \begin_inset Index idx
14869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14878 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14879 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
14880 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14882 name "sub:Abbreviations"
14889 \begin_layout Standard
14890 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
14891 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
14892 LaTeX then adds the
14893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14896 appropriate amount of space
14897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14901 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14903 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14906 \begin_layout Standard
14907 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
14908 not work in all cases.
14910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14921 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14922 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14925 \begin_layout Standard
14926 Here are some examples of
14930 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14933 \begin_layout Itemize
14938 \begin_layout Itemize
14943 \begin_layout Standard
14944 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14947 \begin_layout Itemize
14949 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14953 this is too much space!
14956 \begin_layout Itemize
14961 \begin_layout Standard
14962 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14965 \begin_layout Standard
14966 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14969 \begin_layout Enumerate
14973 \begin_inset space ~
14978 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14979 \begin_inset space ~
14983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14985 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14990 \begin_inset Index idx
14993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14994 Spaces ! inter-word
15002 \begin_layout Enumerate
15006 \begin_inset space ~
15011 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
15012 \begin_inset space ~
15016 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15018 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
15023 \begin_inset Index idx
15026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15035 \begin_layout Enumerate
15039 \begin_inset space ~
15043 \begin_inset space ~
15047 \begin_inset space ~
15054 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15056 \begin_inset space ~
15061 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
15062 This function is also bound to
15065 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
15071 \begin_layout Standard
15072 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
15075 \begin_layout Itemize
15077 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15081 \begin_inset space \space{}
15084 this is too much space!
15087 \begin_layout Itemize
15088 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
15092 \begin_layout Standard
15093 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
15094 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
15095 will take care of this.
15098 \begin_layout Standard
15099 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
15103 \begin_inset space ~
15108 feature described in section
15114 Additional Features
15119 \begin_layout Subsubsection
15121 \begin_inset Index idx
15124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15125 Typography ! Quotes
15131 \begin_inset Index idx
15134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15165 \begin_layout Standard
15166 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
15167 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
15168 and use a closing quote at the end.
15170 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15174 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15178 The keyboard character,
15182 , generates this automatically.
15185 \begin_layout Standard
15186 You can change the behavior of the
15190 key using the submenu
15196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15200 \begin_inset Index idx
15203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15204 Document ! Settings
15212 \begin_layout Standard
15213 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
15218 There are six choices:
15221 \begin_layout Labeling
15222 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15234 Use quotes like this
15235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15243 \begin_inset Quotes els
15247 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15253 \begin_layout Labeling
15254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15257 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15261 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15267 \begin_inset Quotes sld
15271 \begin_inset Quotes srd
15275 \begin_inset Quotes ers
15281 \begin_layout Labeling
15282 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15285 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15289 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15295 \begin_inset Quotes gld
15299 \begin_inset Quotes grd
15303 \begin_inset Quotes gls
15307 \begin_inset Quotes grs
15313 \begin_layout Labeling
15314 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15317 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15321 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15327 \begin_inset Quotes pld
15331 \begin_inset Quotes prd
15335 \begin_inset Quotes pls
15339 \begin_inset Quotes prs
15345 \begin_layout Labeling
15346 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15349 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15353 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15359 \begin_inset Quotes fld
15363 \begin_inset Quotes frd
15367 \begin_inset Quotes fls
15371 \begin_inset Quotes frs
15377 \begin_layout Labeling
15378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
15381 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15385 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15391 \begin_inset Quotes ald
15395 \begin_inset Quotes ard
15399 \begin_inset Quotes als
15403 \begin_inset Quotes ars
15409 \begin_layout Standard
15410 These settings affect what character the
15417 \begin_layout Subsection
15419 \begin_inset Index idx
15422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15423 Typography ! Ligatures
15429 \begin_inset Index idx
15432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15461 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15463 name "sub:Ligatures"
15470 \begin_layout Standard
15471 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
15472 print them as single characters.
15473 These groups are known as
15478 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
15480 Here are the standard ligatures:
15483 \begin_layout Itemize
15487 \begin_layout Itemize
15491 \begin_layout Itemize
15495 \begin_layout Itemize
15499 \begin_layout Itemize
15503 \begin_layout Standard
15504 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
15509 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
15510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15517 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
15518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15526 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15533 To break a ligature, use
15535 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15536 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15538 \begin_inset space ~
15545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15556 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15558 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15573 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
15575 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15581 \begin_layout Subsection
15583 \begin_inset Index idx
15586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15593 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15595 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
15602 \begin_layout Standard
15603 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
15604 characters in different sizes and heights.
15605 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
15606 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
15607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15622 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15626 \begin_inset Note Note
15629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15630 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
15631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15638 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
15639 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
15644 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
15648 \begin_layout Description
15649 LyX The name of the game, write
15650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15665 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15671 \begin_layout Description
15672 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
15673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15688 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15694 \begin_layout Description
15695 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
15696 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15717 \begin_layout Description
15718 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
15719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15740 \begin_layout Standard
15741 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
15742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15746 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
15750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15754 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
15755 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
15756 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
15759 : The actual version is
15760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15767 , the previous one was
15768 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15778 \begin_layout Standard
15779 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
15780 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15784 \begin_inset space \space{}
15787 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
15789 This will look in LyX like:
15790 \begin_inset Graphics
15791 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
15797 \begin_inset Newline newline
15800 For more about TeX Code, look at section
15801 \begin_inset space ~
15805 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15807 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
15814 \begin_layout Subsection
15816 \begin_inset Index idx
15819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15828 \begin_layout Standard
15829 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
15830 space between two words.
15831 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
15834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15841 for units use the menu
15843 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15844 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15846 \begin_inset space ~
15854 arg "space-insert thin"
15860 \begin_layout Standard
15861 Here's an example to show the differences:
15864 \begin_layout Standard
15865 \begin_inset Tabular
15866 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
15867 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
15868 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15869 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
15871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_inset space ~
15880 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15892 space between number and unit
15899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15908 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15920 half space between number and unit
15933 \begin_layout Subsection
15935 \begin_inset Index idx
15938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15939 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15947 \begin_layout Standard
15948 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15950 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15951 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15952 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15953 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15954 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15955 These bits of text became known as
15966 \begin_layout Standard
15967 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15968 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15969 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15970 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15971 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15972 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15973 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15976 \begin_layout Standard
15977 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15978 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15979 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15980 \begin_inset space ~
15984 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15986 key "latexcompanion"
15991 \begin_inset space ~
15995 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
16001 ] may have more information.
16002 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
16005 \begin_layout Chapter
16006 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
16007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16009 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
16016 \begin_layout Standard
16017 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
16022 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
16025 \begin_layout Section
16027 \begin_inset Index idx
16030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16047 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
16050 \begin_layout Description
16052 \begin_inset space ~
16055 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
16056 \begin_inset Newline newline
16060 \begin_inset Note Note
16063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16064 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
16072 \begin_layout Description
16073 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
16074 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
16076 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16077 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16078 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
16081 \begin_inset Newline newline
16085 \begin_inset Note Comment
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16089 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
16097 \begin_layout Description
16099 \begin_inset space ~
16102 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
16103 \begin_inset Newline newline
16107 \begin_inset Newline newline
16111 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16114 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16120 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
16121 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
16122 How this can be done is explained in the
16131 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
16137 \begin_inset Newline newline
16141 \begin_inset Newline newline
16144 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
16145 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
16148 \begin_layout Standard
16149 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
16157 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16161 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
16164 \begin_layout Section
16166 \begin_inset Index idx
16169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16176 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16178 name "sec:Footnotes"
16185 \begin_layout Standard
16186 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
16189 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16192 or the toolbar button
16195 arg "footnote-insert"
16207 \begin_inset Graphics
16208 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
16217 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
16227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16246 label, the box will
16250 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
16251 Clicking on the box label again, will close
16264 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
16280 \begin_layout Standard
16281 Here's an example footnote:
16289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16290 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
16298 \begin_layout Standard
16299 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
16300 position where the footnote box is placed.
16301 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
16302 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
16303 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
16304 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
16305 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
16310 ey are described in the
16317 \begin_layout Section
16319 \begin_inset Index idx
16322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16329 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16331 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
16338 \begin_layout Standard
16339 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
16340 When you insert a margin note via the menu
16342 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16344 \begin_inset space ~
16349 or the toolbar button
16352 arg "marginalnote-insert"
16371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16378 appearing within your text.
16379 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
16388 \begin_layout Standard
16389 At the side is an example marginal note.
16393 \begin_inset Marginal
16396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16397 This is a marginal note.
16405 \begin_layout Standard
16406 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
16407 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
16408 pages, right on odd pages.
16411 \begin_layout Section
16412 Graphics and Images
16413 \begin_inset Index idx
16416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 \begin_inset Index idx
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16435 name "sec:Graphics"
16442 \begin_layout Standard
16443 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
16444 you want and click on the toolbar icon
16447 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
16452 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16456 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
16459 \begin_layout Standard
16460 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
16465 tab allows you to choose your image file.
16466 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
16468 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
16469 \begin_inset space ~
16473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16475 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
16482 \begin_layout Standard
16487 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
16488 of the image in the output.
16489 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
16493 \begin_inset space ~
16497 \begin_inset space ~
16506 \begin_inset space ~
16510 \begin_inset space ~
16514 \begin_inset space ~
16519 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
16520 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
16528 \begin_layout Standard
16531 LaTeX and LyX options
16533 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
16534 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
16538 \begin_inset space ~
16543 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
16544 with the image size is printed.
16548 \begin_inset space ~
16552 \begin_inset space ~
16556 \begin_inset space ~
16561 is explained in the
16572 \begin_layout Standard
16573 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
16574 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
16576 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
16580 \begin_layout Standard
16582 \begin_inset Graphics
16583 filename clipart/mobius.eps
16591 \begin_layout Standard
16592 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
16593 the image into a float, see section
16594 \begin_inset space ~
16598 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16600 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
16607 \begin_layout Subsection
16609 \begin_inset Index idx
16612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16619 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16621 name "sub:Image-Formats"
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16629 You can insert images in any known file format.
16630 But as we explained in section
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16635 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16637 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16641 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
16642 LyX uses therefore the program
16646 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
16647 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
16648 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
16649 \begin_inset space ~
16653 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16655 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
16662 \begin_layout Standard
16663 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
16666 \begin_layout Description
16668 \begin_inset space ~
16671 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
16672 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
16673 Well-known bitmap image formats are
16674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16677 Graphics Interchange Format
16678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16681 (GIF, file extension
16682 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16694 \begin_inset Index idx
16697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16729 Portable Network Graphics
16730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16733 (PNG, file extension
16734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16742 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16746 \begin_inset Index idx
16749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16781 Joint Photographic Experts Group
16782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16785 (JPG, file extension
16786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16798 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16806 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16810 \begin_inset Index idx
16813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16844 \begin_layout Description
16846 \begin_inset space ~
16849 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
16851 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
16852 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
16853 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
16854 \begin_inset Newline newline
16857 Scalable image formats can be
16858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16861 Scalable Vector Graphics
16862 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16865 (SVG, file extension
16866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16878 \begin_inset Index idx
16881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16910 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16913 Encapsulated PostScript
16914 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16917 (EPS, file extension
16918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16926 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16930 \begin_inset Index idx
16933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16965 Portable Document Format
16966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16969 (PDF, file extension
16970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16982 \begin_inset Index idx
16985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16992 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16993 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16994 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17000 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
17008 \begin_layout Standard
17009 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
17013 \begin_layout Subsection
17014 Grouping of Image Settings
17015 \begin_inset Index idx
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 Images ! Settings grouping
17027 \begin_layout Standard
17028 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
17030 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
17031 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
17033 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
17034 need to manually change each of them.
17038 \begin_layout Standard
17039 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
17042 \begin_inset space ~
17047 field in the Graphics dialog.
17048 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
17049 by checking the name of the desired group.
17052 \begin_layout Section
17054 \begin_inset Index idx
17057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
17073 \begin_layout Standard
17074 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
17077 arg "tabular-insert"
17082 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17086 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
17087 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
17088 from the rest of the table.
17089 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
17090 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
17092 Here's an example table:
17095 \begin_layout Standard
17097 \begin_inset Tabular
17098 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
17099 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
17100 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17101 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17102 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17103 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 \begin_layout Subsection
17307 \begin_layout Standard
17308 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
17309 brings up the table dialog.
17310 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
17311 where the cursor is placed currently.
17312 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
17313 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
17314 done on all of your selection.
17317 \begin_layout Standard
17318 Additionally to the table dialog, the
17321 \begin_inset space ~
17326 helps you in setting table properties.
17327 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
17330 \begin_layout Standard
17334 \begin_inset space ~
17339 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
17340 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
17341 current cell respectively.
17342 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
17344 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
17345 of text, see section
17346 \begin_inset space ~
17350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
17352 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
17359 \begin_layout Standard
17360 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
17361 using the check box
17370 This will merge the cells to
17374 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
17375 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
17376 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
17377 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
17378 in the last row without the upper border:
17381 \begin_layout Standard
17383 \begin_inset Tabular
17384 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
17385 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
17386 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17387 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
17388 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
17389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17400 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17409 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17485 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 \begin_layout Standard
17521 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
17522 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
17523 explained in the tables section of the
17526 \begin_inset space ~
17532 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
17533 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
17536 degrees counterclockwise.
17537 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
17540 \begin_layout Standard
17541 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
17544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17549 Most DVI-viewers are
17553 able to display rotations.
17561 \begin_layout Standard
17566 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
17571 adds lines for all cell borders.
17574 \begin_layout Subsection
17576 \begin_inset Index idx
17579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17580 Tables ! Longtables
17586 \begin_inset Index idx
17589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17598 \begin_layout Standard
17599 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
17602 \begin_inset space ~
17606 \begin_inset space ~
17615 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
17616 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
17619 \begin_layout Description
17624 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17625 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
17626 except for the first page, if
17629 \begin_inset space ~
17637 \begin_layout Description
17641 \begin_inset space ~
17646 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
17647 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
17650 \begin_layout Description
17655 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17656 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
17657 except for the last page, if
17660 \begin_inset space ~
17668 \begin_layout Description
17672 \begin_inset space ~
17677 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
17678 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
17681 \begin_layout Description
17682 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
17683 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
17685 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
17689 More about longtable captions can be found in the
17692 \begin_inset space ~
17700 \begin_layout Standard
17701 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
17702 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
17703 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
17704 The others will then be defined as
17709 In this context, first means first in this order:
17712 \begin_inset space ~
17724 \begin_inset space ~
17730 See the following longtable to see how it works:
17733 \begin_layout Standard
17735 \begin_inset Tabular
17736 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
17737 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
17738 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
17739 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17740 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
17741 <row endfirsthead="true">
17742 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
17753 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17762 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17772 <row endfirsthead="true">
17773 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17784 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17793 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <row endhead="true">
17806 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17817 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17826 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <row endhead="true">
17837 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17848 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17857 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17869 <row endfoot="true">
17870 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18880 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18922 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18953 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18984 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19046 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19077 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19108 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19139 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19170 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19201 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19232 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19263 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19294 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19325 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19356 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19387 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19418 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19449 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19480 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19511 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19542 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19573 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19604 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19635 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19666 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19697 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19728 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19759 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19790 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19821 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
19835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19851 <row endlastfoot="true">
19852 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19863 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
19866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19889 \begin_layout Subsection
19891 \begin_inset Index idx
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19901 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19903 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19910 \begin_layout Standard
19911 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19912 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19913 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19914 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19918 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19919 for the cell's paragraph.
19922 \begin_layout Standard
19923 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19924 for the column in the table dialog.
19925 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19926 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19930 \begin_layout Standard
19932 \begin_inset Tabular
19933 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19934 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19935 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19936 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19937 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19957 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20013 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20026 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20082 This is longer now.
20087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
20139 This is longer now.
20144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20170 \begin_layout Standard
20171 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
20172 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
20178 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
20184 Selection with the mouse or with
20188 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
20189 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
20190 the selection from outside the table.
20193 \begin_layout Section
20195 \begin_inset Index idx
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20205 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20214 \begin_layout Standard
20215 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
20216 have a fixed location.
20218 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20222 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20225 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
20233 \begin_inset space ~
20238 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
20239 too many notes on the page.
20242 \begin_layout Standard
20243 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
20244 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
20245 and pages without text.
20246 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
20247 , every float can be referenced in the text.
20248 Floats are therefore numbered.
20249 Referencing is described in section
20250 \begin_inset space ~
20254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20256 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20263 \begin_layout Standard
20264 To insert a float, use the menu
20266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20270 A box with a caption that has e.
20271 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20275 \begin_inset space \space{}
20279 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20283 \begin_inset space ~
20287 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20290 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
20291 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
20293 After the label you can insert the caption text.
20294 \begin_inset Index idx
20297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20303 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
20304 paragraph within the float.
20305 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
20306 by left-clicking on the box label.
20307 A closed float box looks like this:
20308 \begin_inset Graphics
20309 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
20314 – a gray button with a red label.
20317 \begin_layout Standard
20318 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
20319 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
20322 \begin_layout Subsection
20326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20328 \begin_inset Index idx
20331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20332 Floats ! Figure floats
20338 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20340 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
20347 \begin_layout Standard
20350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20351 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20354 inserts a float with the label
20355 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20361 \begin_inset space ~
20367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20371 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
20372 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
20373 This is what we did for Figure
20374 \begin_inset space ~
20378 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20380 reference "cap:Platypus"
20385 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
20386 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
20387 This was done in Figure
20388 \begin_inset space ~
20392 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20394 reference "cap:Escher"
20401 \begin_layout Standard
20402 \begin_inset Float figure
20407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20409 \begin_inset Graphics
20410 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 \begin_inset Caption
20421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20424 name "cap:Platypus"
20428 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
20441 \begin_layout Standard
20442 \begin_inset Float figure
20447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20448 \begin_inset Caption
20450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20468 \begin_inset Graphics
20469 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20482 \begin_layout Standard
20483 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
20485 As described in section
20486 \begin_inset space ~
20490 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20492 reference "sec:Cross-References"
20496 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
20498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20501 and refer to it using the menu
20503 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20507 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
20509 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20513 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20516 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
20518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20528 \begin_layout Standard
20529 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
20530 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
20531 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
20532 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
20534 \begin_inset space ~
20538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20540 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20544 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
20545 You can also set the images one below the other.
20547 \begin_inset space ~
20551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20553 reference "fig:Undefinable"
20558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20560 reference "fig:Platypus"
20564 are the subfigures.
20567 \begin_layout Standard
20568 \begin_inset Float figure
20573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20574 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20578 \begin_inset Float figure
20583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20584 \begin_inset Caption
20586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20589 name "fig:Undefinable"
20601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20602 \begin_inset Graphics
20603 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
20614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20618 \begin_inset Float figure
20623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20624 \begin_inset Caption
20626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20627 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20629 name "fig:Platypus"
20641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20642 \begin_inset Graphics
20643 filename clipart/platypus.eps
20655 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20662 \begin_inset Caption
20664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20667 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
20671 Two distorted images.
20684 \begin_layout Standard
20685 Note that the caption is added to the
20688 \begin_inset space ~
20692 \begin_inset space ~
20697 as described in section
20698 \begin_inset space ~
20702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20704 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
20711 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20713 \begin_inset Index idx
20716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20717 Floats ! Table floats
20725 \begin_layout Standard
20726 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
20728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20729 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20733 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20742 reference "cap:Table-float"
20746 is an example of a table float.
20749 \begin_layout Standard
20750 \begin_inset Float table
20755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 \begin_inset Caption
20758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20761 name "cap:Table-float"
20773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20775 \begin_inset Tabular
20776 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
20777 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20778 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20779 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20780 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
20782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20907 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20928 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20931 \end{array}\right]$
20939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20952 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20973 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20975 \begin_inset Index idx
20978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20979 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20987 \begin_layout Standard
20988 This float type is inserted with the menu
20990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20991 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20995 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20996 A possible environment for algorithms is the
21000 , described in section
21001 \begin_inset space ~
21005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21007 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
21014 \begin_layout Standard
21015 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21023 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
21029 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
21032 \begin_layout Standard
21037 floatname{algorithm}{your
21038 \begin_inset space ~
21044 \begin_layout Standard
21045 to the document preamble (menu
21047 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21054 \begin_inset space ~
21060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21074 \begin_layout Subsubsection
21076 \begin_inset Index idx
21079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21080 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
21088 \begin_layout Standard
21089 \begin_inset Wrap figure
21096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21097 \begin_inset Graphics
21098 filename clipart/mobius.eps
21106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21107 \begin_inset Caption
21109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21112 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21116 This is a wrapped figure.
21117 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21130 This float type is used if you want to
21131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21138 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
21140 It can be inserted using the menu
21142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21143 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21145 \begin_inset space ~
21150 if the LaTeX-package
21155 \begin_inset Index idx
21158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21159 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
21168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21169 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
21172 \begin_inset space ~
21182 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
21185 \begin_inset space ~
21189 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21191 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
21195 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
21196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21204 Available units are explained in Appendix
21205 \begin_inset space ~
21209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21211 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
21220 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
21224 \begin_layout Standard
21225 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21233 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
21234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21238 \begin_inset space \space{}
21241 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
21242 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
21251 \begin_layout Itemize
21252 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
21253 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
21254 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
21255 page breaks will appear.
21258 \begin_layout Itemize
21259 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
21260 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
21263 \begin_layout Itemize
21264 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
21265 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
21268 \begin_layout Itemize
21269 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
21272 \begin_layout Subsection
21274 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21276 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21281 \begin_inset Index idx
21284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21293 \begin_layout Standard
21294 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
21295 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
21299 \begin_inset space ~
21307 \begin_layout Standard
21308 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
21309 have a multicolumn document).
21310 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
21313 \begin_inset space ~
21319 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
21320 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
21327 \begin_layout Standard
21328 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
21329 format is also the same: Table
21330 \begin_inset space ~
21334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21336 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
21340 is an example of a rotated table float.
21343 \begin_layout Standard
21344 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
21347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21352 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
21360 \begin_layout Standard
21361 \begin_inset Float table
21366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21367 \begin_inset Caption
21369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21372 name "cap:Rotated-table"
21384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21386 \begin_inset Tabular
21387 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
21388 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
21389 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21390 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21391 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21392 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21393 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
21395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
21425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
21434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21453 \begin_layout Subsection
21455 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21457 name "sub:Float-Placement"
21462 \begin_inset Index idx
21465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21474 \begin_layout Standard
21475 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
21476 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
21477 \begin_inset Newline newline
21483 \begin_inset space ~
21488 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
21489 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
21490 \begin_inset Newline newline
21496 \begin_inset space ~
21501 is used to rotate floats, see section
21502 \begin_inset space ~
21506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21508 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
21515 \begin_layout Standard
21516 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
21517 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
21520 \begin_inset space ~
21524 \begin_inset space ~
21532 \begin_layout Description
21534 \begin_inset space ~
21538 \begin_inset space ~
21541 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
21544 \begin_layout Description
21546 \begin_inset space ~
21550 \begin_inset space ~
21553 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
21556 \begin_layout Description
21558 \begin_inset space ~
21562 \begin_inset space ~
21565 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
21568 \begin_layout Description
21570 \begin_inset space ~
21574 \begin_inset space ~
21577 floats: try to place the float at an own page
21580 \begin_layout Standard
21581 The order of the above option is
21586 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
21590 \begin_inset space ~
21594 \begin_inset space ~
21602 \begin_inset space ~
21606 \begin_inset space ~
21611 , and then the others.
21612 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
21614 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
21615 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 By default, each option has its own rules:
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21626 \begin_inset space ~
21630 \begin_inset space ~
21635 only floats occupying less than 70
21636 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21639 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
21642 \begin_layout Standard
21646 \begin_inset space ~
21650 \begin_inset space ~
21655 : only floats occupying less than 30
21656 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21659 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
21662 \begin_layout Standard
21666 \begin_inset space ~
21670 \begin_inset space ~
21675 : only if more than 50
21676 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21679 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
21683 \begin_layout Standard
21684 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
21688 \begin_inset space ~
21692 \begin_inset space ~
21700 \begin_layout Standard
21701 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
21702 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
21703 For this case you can use the option
21706 \begin_inset space ~
21712 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
21714 Because the float is then no longer able to
21715 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21719 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21722 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
21725 \begin_layout Standard
21726 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
21727 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
21730 \begin_layout Standard
21731 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
21733 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
21735 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
21742 \begin_layout Section
21744 \begin_inset Index idx
21747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21756 name "sec:Minipages"
21763 \begin_layout Standard
21764 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
21766 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
21767 \begin_inset space ~
21774 \begin_layout Standard
21775 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
21777 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21781 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
21782 and its alignment within the page.
21785 \begin_layout Standard
21787 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21797 height_special "totalheight"
21800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21803 This is a minipage.
21804 The text is set in an italic style.
21807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21810 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
21811 another formatting.
21819 \begin_layout Standard
21820 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21823 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
21827 as described in section
21828 \begin_inset space ~
21832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21834 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
21839 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
21845 \begin_layout Standard
21846 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21856 height_special "totalheight"
21859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21861 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21867 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
21871 \begin_inset Box Frameless
21881 height_special "totalheight"
21884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21885 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
21886 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21894 \begin_layout Standard
21895 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21901 \begin_layout Standard
21902 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21903 to other box types.
21904 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21915 \begin_layout Chapter
21916 Mathematical Formulas
21917 \begin_inset Index idx
21920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21927 \begin_inset Index idx
21930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21959 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21961 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21968 \begin_layout Standard
21969 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21974 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21977 \begin_layout Section
21979 \begin_inset Index idx
21982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21991 \begin_layout Standard
21992 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21999 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
22001 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
22002 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
22003 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
22005 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22011 \begin_layout Standard
22012 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
22016 \begin_inset space ~
22021 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
22024 \begin_layout Standard
22025 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
22026 line, like this one:
22029 \begin_layout Standard
22030 This is a line with an inline formula
22031 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
22037 \begin_layout Standard
22038 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
22040 \begin_inset Formula
22047 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
22050 \begin_layout Standard
22051 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
22053 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22057 \begin_inset space \space{}
22061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22074 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
22075 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
22079 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
22082 \begin_inset space ~
22090 \begin_layout Subsection
22091 Navigating in Formulas
22092 \begin_inset Index idx
22095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22104 \begin_layout Standard
22105 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
22106 achieved with the arrow keys.
22107 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
22108 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
22113 will leave a formula construct (a square root
22114 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
22118 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
22122 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
22125 \end{array}\right]$
22133 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
22138 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
22139 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
22142 \begin_layout Standard
22147 , printed in this document as
22148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22169 \begin_inset Note Note
22172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
22174 space character (visible space).
22179 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
22180 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
22181 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
22186 For example, if you want
22187 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
22198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22241 , since in the latter case only the
22244 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
22249 will be under the square root sign:
22250 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
22256 \begin_layout Standard
22257 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
22259 \begin_inset Formula
22261 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22270 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
22271 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
22274 \begin_layout Subsection
22278 \begin_layout Standard
22279 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
22280 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
22284 and a cursor movement key to select text.
22285 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
22286 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
22287 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
22288 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
22291 \begin_layout Subsection
22292 Exponents and Subscripts
22293 \begin_inset Index idx
22296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22303 \begin_inset Index idx
22306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22315 \begin_layout Standard
22316 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
22317 way is to use a command.
22319 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
22322 , type in a formula
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22344 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
22350 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
22354 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
22363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
22377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22384 , you have to use an extra
22388 to separate the hat and the character.
22390 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22394 \begin_inset space \space{}
22398 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
22407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22419 Subscripts are similar: To get
22420 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
22429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22443 \begin_layout Subsection
22445 \begin_inset Index idx
22448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22457 \begin_layout Standard
22458 Create a fraction with either the command
22465 \begin_inset Graphics
22466 filename ../images/math/frac.png
22474 \begin_inset space ~
22480 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
22481 The cursor is above the fraction line.
22482 To move it to the bottom, simply press
22487 To move back up, press
22492 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
22493 \begin_inset Formula
22495 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
22498 \end{array}\right)}\right]
22506 \begin_layout Subsection
22508 \begin_inset Index idx
22511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22520 \begin_layout Standard
22521 Roots can be created using the
22524 \begin_inset space ~
22530 \begin_inset Graphics
22531 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
22533 groupId toolbarbuttons
22556 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
22562 produces always a square root.
22565 \begin_layout Subsection
22566 Operators with Limits
22567 \begin_inset Index idx
22570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22577 \begin_inset Index idx
22580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22587 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22589 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22596 \begin_layout Standard
22598 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
22602 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
22605 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
22606 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
22607 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
22608 The sum operator will automatically place its
22609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22616 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
22619 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
22623 \begin_inset Formula
22625 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
22630 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
22634 \begin_layout Standard
22635 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
22637 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
22638 behind the operator and hitting
22646 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22647 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22649 \begin_inset space ~
22653 \begin_inset space ~
22661 \begin_layout Standard
22662 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
22663 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22670 feature as addition, such as
22671 \begin_inset Index idx
22674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22681 \begin_inset Formula
22683 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
22688 which will place the
22689 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
22693 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22697 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22701 In inline formulas it looks like this:
22702 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
22708 \begin_layout Standard
22709 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
22716 Have a look at section
22717 \begin_inset space ~
22721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22723 reference "sub:Functions"
22727 for an explanation of function macros.
22730 \begin_layout Subsection
22732 \begin_inset Index idx
22735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22744 \begin_layout Standard
22745 Most math symbols can be found in the
22748 \begin_inset space ~
22753 under one of several categories; including
22770 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
22776 you don't have to use the
22779 \begin_inset space ~
22784 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
22785 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
22788 \begin_layout Subsection
22790 \begin_inset Index idx
22793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22802 \begin_layout Standard
22803 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
22808 arg "space-insert protected"
22814 \begin_inset space ~
22820 \begin_inset Graphics
22821 filename ../images/math/space.png
22823 groupId toolbarbuttons
22828 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
22829 For example, the sequence
22834 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
22838 \begin_inset Graphics
22839 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
22844 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
22845 the space marker and hit space again several times.
22846 With every space hit the size will be changed.
22847 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
22849 Here are two examples:
22852 \begin_layout Standard
22862 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22878 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
22884 \begin_layout Subsection
22886 \begin_inset Index idx
22889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22896 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22898 name "sub:Functions"
22905 \begin_layout Standard
22909 \begin_inset space ~
22914 contains under the button
22915 \begin_inset Graphics
22916 filename ../images/math/functions.png
22918 groupId toolbarbuttons
22922 a number of function macros, such as
22923 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
22927 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22935 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22942 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
22943 avoid confusions, because
22944 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22948 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22954 \begin_layout Standard
22955 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22957 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22961 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22967 \begin_layout Standard
22968 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22969 s are placed, as described in section
22970 \begin_inset space ~
22974 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22976 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22983 \begin_layout Subsection
22985 \begin_inset Index idx
22988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22997 \begin_layout Standard
22998 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
23000 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
23001 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
23002 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23006 \begin_inset space \space{}
23010 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23013 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
23014 Our example is entered by typing
23022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23035 \begin_inset space ~
23039 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23041 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
23045 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
23048 \begin_layout Standard
23049 \begin_inset Float table
23054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23055 \begin_inset Caption
23057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23058 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23060 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
23064 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
23072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23074 \begin_inset Tabular
23075 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
23076 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23077 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23078 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23079 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23163 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
23173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23217 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
23227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23271 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
23281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23325 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
23335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23379 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
23389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23433 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
23443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23487 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
23497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23541 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23595 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
23605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
23617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23640 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23662 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
23665 \begin_inset space ~
23671 \begin_inset Graphics
23672 filename ../images/math/hat.png
23674 groupId toolbarbuttons
23678 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
23682 \begin_layout Section
23683 Brackets and Delimiters
23684 \begin_inset Index idx
23687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23694 \begin_inset Index idx
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23706 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23713 \begin_layout Standard
23714 There are several brackets available through LyX.
23715 For most purposes, using just the keys
23720 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
23721 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
23722 toolbar delimiter icon
23725 arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
23729 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
23731 \begin_inset Formula
23733 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
23741 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
23742 \begin_inset Formula
23744 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
23752 \begin_layout Standard
23753 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
23754 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
23757 \begin_layout Standard
23758 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
23759 left side and right side.
23760 If you use the option
23763 \begin_inset space ~
23768 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
23769 The selection will be shown below the button field.
23770 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
23771 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
23774 \begin_layout Standard
23775 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
23776 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
23777 inside the brackets.
23778 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
23783 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
23786 \begin_layout Section
23787 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
23788 \begin_inset Index idx
23791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_inset Index idx
23801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23808 \begin_inset Index idx
23811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23812 Math ! Multi-line Equations
23820 \begin_layout Standard
23821 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
23824 \begin_inset space ~
23830 \begin_inset Graphics
23831 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
23833 groupId toolbarbuttons
23838 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
23839 Here is an example:
23840 \begin_inset Formula
23842 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
23851 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
23852 \begin_inset space ~
23856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23858 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
23863 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
23864 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
23865 This alignment is set in the box
23870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23878 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23890 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23918 for every column as default.
23919 For example, the sequence
23920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23931 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23932 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23933 corresponds to the relevant column.
23934 The result will look like this:
23935 \begin_inset Formula
23938 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23939 column & has & has\, right\\
23940 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
23949 \begin_layout Standard
23950 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23953 arg "newline-insert newline"
23956 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23957 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23959 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23962 or the math toolbar.
23965 \begin_layout Standard
23966 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23967 It can be created with the menu
23969 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23970 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23972 \begin_inset space ~
23984 Here is an example:
23985 \begin_inset Formula
23999 \begin_layout Standard
24000 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24003 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
24006 arg "newline-insert newline"
24010 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
24015 arg "newline-insert newline"
24018 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
24019 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24023 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24026 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
24027 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
24028 A new row is created by every further hit of
24031 arg "newline-insert newline"
24035 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
24036 Here is an example:
24037 \begin_inset Formula
24039 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
24040 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
24045 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
24046 where you want to start the shift and hit
24051 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
24052 position to the next column.
24053 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
24054 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
24055 \begin_inset Formula
24057 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
24065 \begin_layout Standard
24066 The multi-line formula type described here is called
24073 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
24074 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
24075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24077 reference "eq:asquared"
24082 The other types are described in section
24083 \begin_inset space ~
24087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24089 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24096 \begin_layout Section
24097 Formula Numbering and Referencing
24098 \begin_inset Index idx
24101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24102 Math ! Formula numbering
24108 \begin_inset Index idx
24111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24112 Math ! Referencing formulas
24118 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24120 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24127 \begin_layout Standard
24128 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
24130 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24131 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24133 \begin_inset space ~
24141 arg "math-number-toggle"
24145 The formula number appears in LyX as
24146 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24150 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24153 within parentheses.
24155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24162 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
24164 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
24165 the document class.
24166 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
24167 separated by a dot:
24168 \begin_inset Formula
24178 arg "math-number-toggle"
24181 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
24182 You can only number displayed formulas.
24185 \begin_layout Standard
24186 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
24188 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24189 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24191 \begin_inset space ~
24195 \begin_inset space ~
24199 \begin_inset space ~
24207 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
24210 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
24211 \begin_inset Formula
24214 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
24220 To number all lines use the shortcut
24223 arg "math-number-toggle"
24229 \begin_layout Standard
24230 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
24233 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
24234 A label is inserted with the menu
24236 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24239 when the cursor is in the formula.
24240 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
24241 It is recommended to use the proposed
24242 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24250 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24253 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
24254 type when you have many labels in your document.
24255 We inserted in the following example the label
24256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24263 in the second line:
24264 \begin_inset Formula
24266 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
24267 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
24272 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
24273 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
24275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24283 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
24285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24287 \begin_inset space ~
24293 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
24294 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
24295 as the formula number:
24298 \begin_layout Standard
24299 This is a cross-reference to equation (
24300 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24302 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24309 \begin_layout Standard
24310 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
24311 \begin_inset space ~
24315 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24317 reference "sec:Cross-References"
24322 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
24325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24328 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
24332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24333 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
24341 \begin_layout Section
24342 User defined math macros
24343 \begin_inset Index idx
24346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24355 \begin_layout Standard
24356 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
24357 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
24358 Math macros are explained in section
24361 \begin_inset space ~
24373 \begin_layout Section
24377 \begin_layout Subsection
24379 \begin_inset Index idx
24382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24391 \begin_layout Standard
24392 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
24393 To set a font in a formula, use the
24396 \begin_inset space ~
24402 \begin_inset Graphics
24403 filename ../images/math/font.png
24405 groupId toolbarbuttons
24409 , or enter its command, listed in table
24410 \begin_inset space ~
24414 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24416 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24423 \begin_layout Standard
24424 \begin_inset Float table
24429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24430 \begin_inset Caption
24432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24435 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
24439 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
24447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24449 \begin_inset Tabular
24450 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
24451 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
24452 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
24455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24485 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
24493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24512 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
24520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24572 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24599 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24626 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24660 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24687 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24721 \begin_layout Standard
24722 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24730 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24746 \begin_layout Standard
24747 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24748 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24753 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
24754 space when you need a space in the box.
24755 Here an example where
24756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24767 denotes the set of numbers:
24768 \begin_inset Formula
24770 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
24778 \begin_layout Standard
24779 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24781 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24785 \begin_inset space \space{}
24797 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24801 \begin_inset Newline newline
24804 So it is better not to use this feature.
24807 \begin_layout Standard
24808 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24809 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24813 \begin_inset Newline newline
24816 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24822 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24823 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24829 \begin_layout Standard
24836 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24839 \begin_layout Standard
24840 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24843 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24845 \begin_inset space ~
24853 \begin_layout Subsection
24855 \begin_inset Index idx
24858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24867 \begin_layout Standard
24868 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24870 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24874 \begin_inset space ~
24878 \begin_inset space ~
24886 \begin_inset space ~
24892 \begin_inset Graphics
24893 filename ../images/math/font.png
24895 groupId toolbarbuttons
24906 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24907 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24908 Here is an example:
24909 \begin_inset Formula
24912 x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
24913 -x & \mbox{under Umständen}
24922 \begin_layout Subsection
24924 \begin_inset Index idx
24927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24936 \begin_layout Standard
24937 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24938 automatically chosen in most situations.
24956 For most characters,
24964 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24965 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24970 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24971 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
24973 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24974 \begin_inset Graphics
24975 filename ../images/math/style.png
24977 groupId toolbarbuttons
24982 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24983 For example, you can set
24984 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24987 , which is normally in
24996 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
25000 The four styles are used in the following example:
25003 \begin_layout Standard
25004 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
25008 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
25012 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
25016 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
25022 \begin_layout Standard
25023 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
25024 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
25026 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25028 \begin_inset space ~
25033 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
25034 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
25035 will be adjusted to correspond.
25036 As an example here is a formula in the font size
25037 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25047 \begin_layout Standard
25051 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
25057 \begin_layout Section
25061 \begin_layout Standard
25062 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
25063 the document classes and into layout modules.
25064 \begin_inset Index idx
25067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25073 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
25074 other than the AMS classes.
25076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25078 reference "sub:Modules"
25082 for more on layout modules.
25085 \begin_layout Section
25087 \begin_inset Index idx
25090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25097 \begin_inset Index idx
25100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25109 \begin_layout Standard
25110 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
25111 (AMS) that are in common use.
25114 \begin_layout Subsection
25115 Enabling AMS-Support
25118 \begin_layout Standard
25119 Selecting the checkbox
25122 \begin_inset space ~
25126 \begin_inset space ~
25130 \begin_inset space ~
25137 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25141 \begin_inset Index idx
25144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25145 Document ! Settings
25153 \begin_inset space ~
25158 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
25160 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
25161 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
25164 \begin_layout Subsection
25166 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25168 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
25173 \begin_inset Index idx
25176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25177 Math ! Multi-line Equations
25185 \begin_layout Standard
25186 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
25187 LyX allows you to choose between
25208 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
25211 \begin_layout Chapter
25215 \begin_layout Section
25217 \begin_inset Index idx
25220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25229 name "sec:Cross-References"
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25237 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
25238 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
25240 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
25241 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
25242 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
25245 \begin_layout Enumerate
25249 \begin_layout Enumerate
25250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25252 name "enu:Second-item"
25259 \begin_layout Enumerate
25263 \begin_layout Standard
25264 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
25266 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25269 or by pressing the toolbar button
25276 A grey label box like this:
25277 \begin_inset Graphics
25278 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
25283 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
25284 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
25286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25311 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25319 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
25320 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25324 \begin_inset space \space{}
25327 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
25328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25342 \begin_layout Standard
25343 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
25345 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25348 or the toolbar button
25351 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
25355 A grey cross-reference box like this:
25356 \begin_inset Graphics
25357 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
25362 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
25364 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
25365 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25373 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25377 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
25381 \begin_layout Standard
25384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25387 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
25392 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
25393 to the actual cursor position via the menu
25395 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25401 \begin_layout Standard
25402 Here is our cross-reference: Item
25403 \begin_inset space ~
25407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25409 reference "enu:Second-item"
25416 \begin_layout Standard
25417 It is recommended to use a protected space
25421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25422 described in section
25423 \begin_inset space ~
25427 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25429 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
25438 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
25442 \begin_layout Standard
25443 There are six varieties of cross-references:
25446 \begin_layout Description
25447 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
25448 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25450 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25457 \begin_layout Description
25458 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
25459 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
25461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25471 reference "eq:tanhExp"
25478 \begin_layout Description
25479 <page>: prints the page number: Page
25480 \begin_inset space ~
25484 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25485 LatexCommand pageref
25486 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25493 \begin_layout Description
25495 \begin_inset space ~
25499 \begin_inset space ~
25502 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
25503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25504 LatexCommand vpageref
25505 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25512 \begin_layout Description
25514 \begin_inset space ~
25518 \begin_inset space ~
25522 \begin_inset space ~
25525 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
25526 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25528 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25535 \begin_layout Description
25537 \begin_inset space ~
25540 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
25541 \begin_inset Newline newline
25545 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25553 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
25562 \begin_inset Index idx
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25566 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
25572 \begin_inset Index idx
25575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25576 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
25589 \begin_layout Description
25591 \begin_inset space ~
25594 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
25595 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25596 LatexCommand nameref
25597 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
25604 \begin_layout Standard
25609 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
25612 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25616 \begin_inset space \space{}
25620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25634 <reference> on page <page>
25636 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
25639 \begin_layout Standard
25640 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
25641 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25642 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25646 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25650 \begin_layout Standard
25651 You can only use the style
25655 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25659 is always possible.
25662 \begin_layout Standard
25663 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
25664 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
25666 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25667 \begin_inset space ~
25671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25673 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25680 \begin_layout Standard
25681 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
25685 \begin_inset space ~
25689 \begin_inset space ~
25694 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
25695 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
25698 \begin_inset space ~
25703 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25704 You can also go back with the toolbar button
25707 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
25713 \begin_layout Standard
25714 You can change labels at any time.
25715 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
25716 do not need to take care about this.
25719 \begin_layout Standard
25720 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
25721 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25724 \begin_layout Standard
25725 References are described in detail in sec.
25726 \begin_inset space ~
25730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25734 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25744 \begin_layout Section
25745 Table of Contents and other Listings
25746 \begin_inset Index idx
25749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25756 \begin_inset Index idx
25759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25766 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25775 \begin_layout Subsection
25777 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25779 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25786 \begin_layout Standard
25787 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25790 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25792 \begin_inset space ~
25796 \begin_inset space ~
25802 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25803 If you click on it, the
25807 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25808 sections in your documents.
25809 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25814 that is described in sec.
25815 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25819 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25821 reference "sec:Navigating"
25828 \begin_layout Standard
25829 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25830 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25832 \begin_inset space ~
25836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25838 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25842 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25844 \begin_inset space ~
25848 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25850 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25854 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25856 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25859 \begin_layout Subsection
25860 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25861 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25863 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25870 \begin_layout Standard
25871 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25872 You can insert them via the
25874 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25876 \begin_inset space ~
25880 \begin_inset space ~
25886 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25889 \begin_layout Section
25890 URLs and Hyperlinks
25891 \begin_inset Index idx
25894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25901 \begin_inset Index idx
25904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25913 \begin_layout Subsection
25915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25924 \begin_layout Standard
25925 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25927 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25933 \begin_layout Standard
25934 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25935 \begin_inset Flex URL
25938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25948 \begin_layout Standard
25949 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25955 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25959 \begin_layout Standard
25960 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25968 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25976 \begin_layout Subsection
25978 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25980 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25987 \begin_layout Standard
25988 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25990 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25993 or with the toolbar button
26000 The appearing dialog has two fields:
26009 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
26010 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
26011 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26013 name "LyX's homepage"
26014 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26018 , an Email address like this:
26019 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26021 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
26022 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
26027 , or a link to a file.
26030 \begin_layout Standard
26031 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
26033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26044 to the link target.
26047 \begin_layout Standard
26048 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
26049 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
26050 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
26051 the text style dialog.
26052 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
26056 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26058 name "LyX's homepage"
26059 target "http://www.lyx.org"
26066 \begin_layout Standard
26067 The link text color can be changed, when the option
26071 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
26073 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26074 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26078 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
26080 \begin_inset Newline newline
26088 \begin_inset Newline newline
26095 in the PDF Properties dialog.
26098 \begin_layout Section
26100 \begin_inset Index idx
26103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26110 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26112 name "sec:Appendices"
26119 \begin_layout Standard
26120 Appendices are created with the menu
26122 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26128 \begin_inset space ~
26134 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
26135 as the appendix region.
26136 The region is marked with a red borderline.
26139 \begin_layout Standard
26140 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
26141 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
26142 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
26143 and the subsection number.
26144 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
26148 \begin_layout Standard
26150 \begin_inset space ~
26154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26156 reference "cha:Credits"
26161 \begin_inset space ~
26165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26167 reference "sub:Export"
26174 \begin_layout Section
26176 \begin_inset Index idx
26179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26186 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26188 name "sec:Bibliography"
26195 \begin_layout Standard
26196 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
26197 You can include a bibliography database,
26201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26202 Known under the name
26203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26207 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
26216 manually, using the paragraph environment
26220 , which was described in section
26221 \begin_inset space ~
26225 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26227 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
26232 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
26233 document, like author-year citations, then you must
26237 use a bibliography database.
26240 \begin_layout Subsection
26241 The Bibliography Environment
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26249 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
26251 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
26260 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
26262 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
26264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26268 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26271 , a short form of its title, as key.
26274 \begin_layout Standard
26275 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
26277 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26280 or the toolbar button
26283 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
26287 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
26288 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
26289 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
26290 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
26294 \begin_layout Standard
26295 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
26296 entry with surrounding brackets.
26301 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
26302 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
26304 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26308 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26314 \begin_layout Standard
26317 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
26320 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26322 key "latexcompanion"
26329 \begin_layout Standard
26330 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
26331 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26340 \begin_layout Subsection
26341 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
26342 \begin_inset Index idx
26345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26346 Bibliography ! Databases
26352 \begin_inset Index idx
26355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26356 Bibliography ! BibTeX
26362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26364 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
26371 \begin_layout Standard
26372 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
26377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26378 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
26380 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
26381 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
26386 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
26388 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
26389 your working field in a database.
26390 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
26391 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
26393 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26398 The database is a text file with the file extension
26399 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26407 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26410 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
26411 The format is explained in
26412 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26418 and in LaTeX books (
26419 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26421 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
26426 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
26427 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
26428 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
26429 \begin_inset Flex URL
26432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26434 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
26442 \begin_layout Standard
26443 To use a database, use the menu
26445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26450 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26463 \begin_inset space ~
26469 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
26470 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
26473 Add bibliography to TOC
26475 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
26480 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
26481 in the document or just the cited references.
26484 \begin_layout Standard
26485 The style file is a text file with the file extension
26486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26497 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
26498 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
26499 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
26501 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
26506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26507 For information how this is done, have a look at
26508 \begin_inset Newline newline
26512 \begin_inset CommandInset href
26514 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
26526 \begin_layout Standard
26527 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
26530 \begin_layout Standard
26531 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
26532 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
26535 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26563 \begin_inset space ~
26569 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
26575 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26584 \begin_layout Standard
26585 When you select the option
26587 Sectioned bibliography
26591 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26594 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
26595 This and other options are explained in detail in section
26597 Customizing Bibliographies
26605 Additional Features
26610 \begin_layout Standard
26611 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
26612 the two methods of creating them.
26613 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
26614 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
26615 We used the style file
26619 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
26622 \begin_layout Subsection
26623 Bibliography layout
26624 \begin_inset Index idx
26627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26628 Bibliography ! Layout
26636 \begin_layout Standard
26637 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
26638 For this feature you need to enable the option
26644 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26648 \begin_inset Index idx
26651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26652 Document ! Settings
26662 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26663 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26664 in the previous section.
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26669 in the citation reference window.
26670 Here an example where we set the text
26671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26675 \begin_inset space ~
26679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26682 to appear after the reference:
26685 \begin_layout Standard
26687 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26690 key "latexcompanion"
26697 \begin_layout Section
26699 \begin_inset Index idx
26702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26718 \begin_layout Standard
26719 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26721 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26723 \begin_inset space ~
26728 or the toolbar button
26736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26747 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26748 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26749 by LyX as the index entry.
26752 \begin_layout Standard
26753 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26754 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26756 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26758 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26765 \begin_layout Standard
26766 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
26768 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26770 \begin_inset space ~
26774 \begin_inset space ~
26777 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26779 \begin_inset space ~
26785 A light blue box labeled
26786 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26794 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26797 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26798 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26801 \begin_layout Subsection
26802 Grouping Index Entries
26803 \begin_inset Index idx
26806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26815 \begin_layout Standard
26816 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26818 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26819 lists under the entry
26820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26828 First we create the entry
26829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26837 \begin_inset space ~
26841 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26843 reference "sub:Lists"
26848 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26849 \begin_inset space ~
26853 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26855 reference "sec:Itemize"
26859 , we insert the command
26862 \begin_layout Standard
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26872 \begin_layout Standard
26878 \begin_layout Standard
26879 for the enumerated list in section
26880 \begin_inset space ~
26884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26886 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26893 \begin_layout Standard
26894 The exclamation mark
26895 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26902 marks the grouping levels.
26903 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26904 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26905 If we don't have an index entry for
26906 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26913 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26916 \begin_layout Subsection
26918 \begin_inset Index idx
26921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26922 Index ! Page ranges
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26931 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26933 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26934 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26936 \begin_inset space ~
26940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26942 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26949 \begin_layout Standard
26952 Paragraph environments|(
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 and another entry at the end of section
26957 \begin_inset space ~
26961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26963 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26970 \begin_layout Standard
26973 Paragraph environments|)
26976 \begin_layout Standard
26978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26986 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26990 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27001 respectively start and end the index range.
27002 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
27003 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
27004 the pages of the indexed document parts.
27005 An example is the index entry
27006 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27009 Document ! Settings
27010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27016 \begin_layout Subsection
27018 \begin_inset Index idx
27021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27022 Index ! Cross referencing
27030 \begin_layout Standard
27031 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
27032 We referred for example in the index entry
27033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27041 \begin_inset space ~
27045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27047 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
27051 ) to the index entry
27052 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 in the same section using the entry
27062 \begin_layout Standard
27065 GIF|see{Image formats}
27068 \begin_layout Standard
27069 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
27070 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
27071 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
27074 \begin_layout Subsection
27076 \begin_inset Index idx
27079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27080 Index ! Entry order
27088 \begin_layout Standard
27089 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
27090 then not follow the rules for the index order.
27091 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
27095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27096 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
27098 \begin_inset space ~
27102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27104 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27113 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
27114 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
27115 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27119 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27123 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27127 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27131 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27135 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27139 \begin_inset Index idx
27142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27143 Dummy entries ! maïs
27149 \begin_inset Index idx
27152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27153 Dummy entries ! maître
27159 \begin_inset Index idx
27162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27163 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
27168 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
27169 order maïs, maison, maître.
27170 To achieve this, we use the command
27173 \begin_layout Standard
27176 previous entry@current entry
27179 \begin_layout Standard
27180 In our case we want to have
27181 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27196 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
27199 \begin_layout Standard
27205 \begin_layout Standard
27206 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
27207 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
27211 \begin_layout Standard
27212 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27218 \begin_layout Standard
27219 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
27224 to generate the index (see sec.
27225 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27231 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27240 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
27242 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27248 reference "sub:Document-Font"
27252 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
27253 index commands start with
27254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27266 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
27271 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27286 \begin_layout Standard
27298 \begin_layout Subsection
27300 \begin_inset Index idx
27303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27304 Index ! Entry layout
27312 \begin_layout Standard
27313 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
27314 \begin_inset Index idx
27317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27320 This is an italic dummy entry
27325 You can also format the page number using the character
27326 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27330 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27333 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
27334 We can write for example
27337 \begin_layout Standard
27340 italic page number:|textit
27343 \begin_layout Standard
27344 to get the page number in italic.
27345 \begin_inset Index idx
27348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27349 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
27354 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
27356 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27364 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27372 \begin_inset space ~
27378 Have a look at section
27379 \begin_inset space ~
27383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27385 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27389 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
27392 \begin_layout Standard
27393 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27401 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
27405 to generate the index, see sec.
27406 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27412 reference "sub:Index-Program"
27421 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
27422 This is because xindy requires you
27423 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
27426 to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
27427 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27430 key "latexcompanion"
27442 \begin_layout Standard
27443 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
27445 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
27446 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
27447 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
27448 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
27449 If so, put the following in the preamble
27452 \begin_layout Standard
27464 \begin_layout Standard
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27474 \begin_layout Standard
27475 in the index entry.
27476 \begin_inset Index idx
27479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27480 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
27485 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
27486 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
27487 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
27490 \begin_layout Standard
27491 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
27493 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27497 \begin_inset space \space{}
27500 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
27501 for all index entries.
27502 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
27514 documentation for details,
27515 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27517 key "makeindex,xindy"
27524 \begin_layout Subsection
27526 \begin_inset Index idx
27529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27538 name "sub:Index-Program"
27545 \begin_layout Standard
27546 If the index entry program
27550 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
27554 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
27558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27563 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
27564 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
27565 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
27566 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
27567 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
27577 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
27578 dialog, see section
27579 \begin_inset space ~
27583 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27585 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27590 The available options are listed and explained in
27591 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27593 key "makeindex,xindy"
27598 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
27602 \begin_layout Standard
27603 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
27604 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
27607 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27608 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27609 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27613 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
27614 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
27617 \begin_layout Subsection
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27622 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
27623 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
27624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27631 next to the standard index.
27632 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
27633 packages that add this feature.
27639 \begin_inset Index idx
27642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27643 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
27648 package to generate multiple indexes.
27649 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
27650 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
27651 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27658 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
27659 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
27660 Please consult the package's manual for details.
27663 \begin_layout Standard
27664 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
27666 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27667 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27668 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
27672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27675 Use multiple Indexes
27676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27680 Note that the list of
27681 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27688 below already contains the standard index.
27689 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
27690 also appear as a heading) to the
27691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27698 input field and press the
27699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27703 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27707 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
27708 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
27709 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
27710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27713 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27715 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27719 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
27720 indexes in the LyX work area.
27723 \begin_layout Standard
27724 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
27727 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27729 \begin_inset space ~
27733 \begin_inset space ~
27742 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
27743 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
27744 are some additional features:
27747 \begin_layout Itemize
27748 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
27749 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
27752 \begin_layout Itemize
27753 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
27754 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
27755 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27759 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27763 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
27765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27768 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
27769 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
27770 to the non-subindexes.
27773 \begin_layout Section
27774 Nomenclature / Glossary
27775 \begin_inset Index idx
27778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27785 \begin_inset Index idx
27788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27819 name "sec:Nomenclature"
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
27828 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
27832 \begin_layout Standard
27833 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
27838 \begin_inset Index idx
27841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27842 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
27848 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
27849 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27855 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
27858 \begin_layout Standard
27859 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
27860 and then use the menu
27862 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27868 \begin_inset space ~
27873 or the toolbar button
27876 arg "nomencl-insert"
27881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27889 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27892 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
27895 \begin_layout Standard
27896 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
27897 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
27898 The second is the description of the symbol.
27901 \begin_layout Standard
27902 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27910 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27918 \begin_layout Subsection
27919 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27920 \begin_inset Index idx
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27924 Nomenclature ! Layout
27932 \begin_layout Standard
27933 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27937 field as LaTeX-formulas.
27939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27943 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27951 \begin_inset Newline newline
27959 \begin_inset Newline newline
27965 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27969 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27972 character starts/ends the formula.
27973 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27985 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27997 \begin_inset space ~
28001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28003 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28010 \begin_layout Standard
28014 \begin_inset space ~
28019 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
28020 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
28021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28025 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28032 in this document is:
28033 \begin_inset Newline newline
28038 dummy entry for the character
28043 \begin_inset Newline newline
28055 \begin_inset space ~
28065 font use the command
28094 \begin_layout Subsection
28095 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
28096 \begin_inset Index idx
28099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28100 Nomenclature ! Sort order
28108 \begin_layout Standard
28109 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
28110 the symbol definition.
28111 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
28112 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
28115 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28116 LatexCommand nomenclature
28118 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
28125 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28129 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
28130 LatexCommand nomenclature
28133 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
28138 They will be sorted by
28139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28165 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28168 will be sorted before the
28172 since the character
28173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28180 is considered in sorting.
28183 \begin_layout Standard
28184 To control the sort order, you can edit the
28187 \begin_inset space ~
28192 field of the nomenclature dialog.
28193 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
28195 For the example given, you can insert
28199 in this field for the
28200 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28207 will be located before
28208 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
28214 \begin_layout Standard
28215 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
28220 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28229 \begin_layout Subsection
28230 Nomenclature Options
28231 \begin_inset Index idx
28234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28235 Nomenclature ! Options
28243 \begin_layout Standard
28248 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
28249 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
28252 \begin_layout Description
28253 refeq Appends the phrase
28254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28269 to every nomenclature entry, where
28275 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
28278 \begin_layout Description
28279 refpage Appends the phrase
28280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28295 to every nomenclature entry, where
28301 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
28304 \begin_layout Description
28305 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28309 There are furthermore the options
28353 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
28357 \begin_layout Standard
28358 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
28359 class options list in the
28361 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28365 In this document the option
28372 \begin_layout Standard
28373 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28379 \begin_layout Standard
28380 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
28381 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
28386 field in the nomenclature dialog:
28389 \begin_layout Description
28399 \begin_layout Description
28402 nomrefpage Like the
28409 \begin_layout Description
28412 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
28421 \begin_layout Description
28425 \begin_inset space ~
28431 \begin_inset space ~
28436 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
28439 \begin_layout Subsection
28440 Printing the Nomenclature
28441 \begin_inset Index idx
28444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28445 Nomenclature ! Printing
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
28456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28458 \begin_inset space ~
28462 \begin_inset space ~
28465 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28469 A light blue box labeled
28470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28481 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
28482 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
28487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28495 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
28503 For example, in order to change the name to
28507 , add the following line to the preamble:
28510 \begin_layout Standard
28518 nomname}{List of Symbols}
28521 \begin_layout Standard
28522 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28528 \begin_layout Standard
28529 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
28530 by adding the following line to the preamble:
28533 \begin_layout Standard
28541 nomlabelwidth}{width}
28544 \begin_layout Standard
28547 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
28548 \begin_inset space ~
28552 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28554 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
28559 The default value is 1
28560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28566 \begin_layout Subsection
28567 Nomenclature Program
28568 \begin_inset Index idx
28571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28572 Nomenclature ! Program
28578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28580 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
28587 \begin_layout Standard
28588 LyX uses the program
28592 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
28593 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
28598 by adding options, see section
28599 \begin_inset space ~
28603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28605 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
28610 The available options are listed and explained in
28611 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28613 key "nomencl,makeindex"
28620 \begin_layout Section
28622 \begin_inset Index idx
28625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28632 \begin_inset Index idx
28635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28636 Document ! Branches
28642 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28644 name "sec:Branches"
28651 \begin_layout Standard
28652 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
28653 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
28654 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
28655 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
28658 \begin_layout Standard
28659 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
28660 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
28661 To create a branch, either select the menu
28663 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28664 Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28667 (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
28669 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28676 , where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
28677 state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
28678 its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
28679 be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
28680 (see below for an example).
28681 Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
28682 to the name of the other) and to add
28683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28695 \begin_inset space ~
28698 branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
28699 , without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
28702 \begin_layout Standard
28703 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
28704 These boxes are inserted via the menu
28706 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28709 where you can choose a branch.
28710 You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
28714 \begin_layout Standard
28715 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
28716 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
28719 \begin_layout Standard
28720 \begin_inset Branch Question
28723 \begin_layout Standard
28724 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
28732 \begin_layout Standard
28733 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
28745 \begin_layout Standard
28752 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28753 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28756 , the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
28757 Consider for example a file
28758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28762 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28765 which has the above branches.
28767 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28774 is active, the PDF export file would be called
28775 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28779 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28791 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28798 branch were inactive,
28799 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28803 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28807 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28811 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28814 branch was active, likewise
28815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28830 branch was active, and
28831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28834 Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
28835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28838 if both branches were active.
28839 This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
28843 \begin_layout Standard
28844 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28850 \begin_layout Standard
28851 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
28852 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
28854 For example you can define for the question branch
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
28860 \begin_inset space ~
28864 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28866 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28878 \begin_layout Standard
28888 \begin_layout Standard
28898 \begin_layout Standard
28899 and for the answer branch
28902 \begin_layout Standard
28912 \begin_layout Standard
28922 \begin_layout Standard
28923 \begin_inset Branch Question
28926 \begin_layout Standard
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28958 \begin_layout Standard
28959 \begin_inset Branch Answer
28962 \begin_layout Standard
28966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28994 \begin_layout Standard
28995 Now it is possible to use the commands
28999 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29006 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
29009 to obtain conditional output.
29010 Here is an example formula where only the
29017 \begin_inset Formula
29019 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
29027 \begin_layout Standard
29028 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
29036 \begin_layout Section
29038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29040 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
29045 \begin_inset Index idx
29048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29057 \begin_layout Standard
29062 dialog allows you in the
29066 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
29067 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
29072 \begin_inset Index idx
29075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29076 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
29084 \begin_layout Standard
29089 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
29090 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
29091 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
29093 You can specify in the dialog tab
29097 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
29099 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
29100 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
29104 \begin_layout Standard
29109 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
29110 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
29111 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
29113 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
29114 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
29116 \begin_inset space ~
29119 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
29120 \begin_inset space ~
29123 1 will only display the sections.
29126 \begin_layout Standard
29127 The header information in the dialog tab
29131 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
29132 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
29133 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29137 \begin_inset space \space{}
29140 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
29141 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
29144 Automatic fill header
29146 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
29147 title and author settings.
29150 \begin_layout Standard
29153 Load in fullscreen mode
29155 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
29158 \begin_layout Standard
29159 PDF properties are also used in this document.
29160 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
29166 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
29167 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29176 \begin_layout Section
29177 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
29178 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29180 name "sec:TeX-Code"
29187 \begin_layout Subsection
29189 \begin_inset Index idx
29192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29199 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29201 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
29208 \begin_layout Standard
29209 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
29210 constructs, but not all.
29211 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
29212 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
29213 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
29214 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
29215 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
29219 \begin_layout Standard
29220 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
29222 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
29224 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29226 \begin_inset space ~
29231 or by the toolbar button
29238 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
29242 \begin_layout Standard
29243 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
29244 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
29245 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
29246 using the LaTeX-command
29252 , you can write the command part
29258 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
29262 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
29263 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
29264 the following example:
29267 \begin_layout Standard
29268 \begin_inset Graphics
29269 filename clipart/ERT.png
29277 \begin_layout Standard
29281 \begin_layout Standard
29282 This is a line with a
29286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 \begin_layout Standard
29310 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29318 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
29319 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
29327 \begin_layout Subsection
29328 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
29329 \begin_inset Argument
29332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29339 \begin_inset Index idx
29342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29349 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29351 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
29358 \begin_layout Standard
29359 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
29360 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
29361 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
29362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
29366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
29370 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
29371 any time if you know the right commands.
29373 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29377 \begin_inset space \space{}
29380 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
29382 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
29383 all caption labels bold.
29384 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
29386 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
29390 \begin_layout Standard
29391 Now LaTeX comes into play.
29392 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
29393 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
29395 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29404 \begin_layout Standard
29405 As result you know that the package
29410 \begin_inset Index idx
29413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29414 LaTeX-packages ! caption
29420 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
29422 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29428 \begin_layout Standard
29433 usepackage[options]{package name}
29436 \begin_layout Standard
29437 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
29438 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
29439 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
29442 \begin_layout Standard
29443 In your case the package name is
29448 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
29453 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
29454 So you add the command
29457 \begin_layout Standard
29462 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
29465 \begin_layout Standard
29466 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29471 For more commands provided by the
29475 package, have a look at its documentation,
29476 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29490 \begin_layout Standard
29491 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
29493 For example if you use a
29497 class, you don't need the package
29501 , you can instead write
29504 \begin_layout Standard
29509 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
29514 \begin_layout Standard
29515 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
29516 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
29517 documentation of the document class you want to use.
29524 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
29527 \begin_layout Standard
29528 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
29529 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
29531 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
29532 the previous section.
29535 \begin_layout Standard
29536 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
29538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29540 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
29548 \begin_layout Section
29549 Previewing Snippets of your Document
29550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29552 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
29557 \begin_inset Index idx
29560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29567 \begin_inset Index idx
29570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29579 \begin_layout Standard
29580 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
29581 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
29582 to break your train of thought with
29584 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29590 \begin_layout Standard
29591 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
29592 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
29597 \begin_inset Index idx
29600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29601 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
29606 as explained below, and turn on
29609 \begin_inset space ~
29616 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29620 \begin_inset space ~
29624 \begin_inset space ~
29627 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29632 \begin_inset space ~
29637 is the multiplication factor for the size.
29640 \begin_layout Standard
29641 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
29643 Previews of an already loaded document are
29647 generated just by selecting the
29650 \begin_inset space ~
29655 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
29658 \begin_layout Standard
29659 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
29660 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
29663 \begin_inset space ~
29668 check box in the insert dialog.
29669 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
29673 \begin_layout Standard
29674 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
29678 (on some systems named simply
29683 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29691 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29692 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
29700 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
29704 \begin_layout Standard
29705 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
29711 \begin_layout Standard
29712 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
29716 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29718 \begin_inset space ~
29723 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
29724 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
29726 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
29727 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
29728 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
29729 the source view window.
29732 \begin_layout Section
29733 Advanced Find and Replace
29734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29736 name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
29741 \begin_inset Index idx
29744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29751 \begin_inset Index idx
29754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 \begin_layout Subsection
29767 \begin_layout Standard
29768 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
29769 format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
29770 It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
29771 The key-features are:
29774 \begin_layout Itemize
29775 Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
29776 latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
29777 mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
29781 \begin_layout Itemize
29782 Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
29783 any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
29784 ), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
29785 a section heading will only be found within section headings
29788 \begin_layout Itemize
29789 Search may be widened to a specific
29794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29798 \begin_inset space ~
29801 a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
29802 all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
29809 \begin_layout Itemize
29810 Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
29811 capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
29812 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29816 \begin_inset space ~
29819 all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
29822 \begin_layout Subsection
29826 \begin_layout Standard
29827 The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
29830 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29843 arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
29846 ) or the toolbar button
29849 arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
29855 Advanced Find and Replace
29860 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29864 \begin_layout Standard
29869 LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
29874 button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
29879 The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
29880 , bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
29881 Pressing repeatedly
29885 keeps searching forward.
29886 Similarly, pressing
29890 searches for the entered text backwards.
29893 \begin_layout Standard
29894 While searching, the
29898 option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
29908 option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
29911 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29912 Searching for mathematics
29915 \begin_layout Standard
29916 Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
29920 editor a mathematical formula, such as
29921 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
29924 or also something more complex like
29925 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
29929 When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
29930 it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
29931 the mentioned segments would be found in something like
29932 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
29938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29942 \begin_layout Standard
29943 It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
29944 This is done by switching to the
29948 tab of the dialog and unchecking the
29953 This way, entering in the
29960 \begin_layout Itemize
29961 a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
29962 in emphasized or boldface.
29965 \begin_layout Itemize
29966 an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
29967 instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
29968 Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
29969 alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
29972 \begin_layout Itemize
29973 a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
29974 of if only within section headings.
29975 Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
29976 to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
29980 \begin_layout Itemize
29981 some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
29982 formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
29985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
29989 \begin_layout Standard
29990 The text segments matching the text entered in the
29994 editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
30002 In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
30006 button or alternatively
30028 \begin_layout Standard
30029 You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
30030 text segments in your document.
30031 Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
30035 \begin_layout Itemize
30036 replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
30037 same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
30038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30045 with its typewriter version
30048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30058 \begin_layout Itemize
30059 performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
30061 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30065 \begin_inset Formula $R$
30069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30077 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
30081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30084 (you may want to enable the
30092 options and disable the
30100 tab, in order to avoid replacing all
30101 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30108 letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
30109 \begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
30113 \begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
30116 , or occurrences of
30117 \begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
30121 \begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
30127 \begin_layout Subsection
30131 \begin_layout Standard
30132 There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
30136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
30139 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30141 target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
30150 You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
30156 This is done via the menu
30158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30159 Insert Regular Expression
30161 while the cursor is in the
30166 Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
30167 expression matching rules
30171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30172 Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
30174 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30178 \begin_inset space ~
30181 when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
30182 to match expressions.
30187 , while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
30188 same text in the document.
30189 Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
30190 Examples of using such a feature may be:
30193 \begin_layout Enumerate
30194 Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
30199 editor the fraction
30200 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
30204 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30207 on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
30208 fractions with the given denominator.
30211 \begin_layout Enumerate
30212 Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
30224 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30229 regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
30230 all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
30232 \begin_inset Formula $.*$
30235 regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
30236 you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
30239 \begin_layout Standard
30240 Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
30241 enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
30242 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30245 , and referring back to them through
30246 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30250 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
30254 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash$
30257 symbol is entered in regexp mode by pressing twice the backslash key.
30258 For example, try searching for the regexp
30259 \begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
30262 in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
30265 \begin_layout Standard
30266 Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
30267 and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
30268 back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
30269 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30273 \begin_inset space ~
30277 \begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
30280 always refers to the first occurrence of
30281 \begin_inset Formula $()$
30284 in all entered regexps.
30287 \begin_layout Standard
30288 Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
30292 \begin_layout Section
30294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30296 name "sec:Spellchecking"
30301 \begin_inset Index idx
30304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 \begin_layout Standard
30314 LyX has a built-in spell checker.
30315 It uses one of the libraries
30329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
30331 Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
30339 Which back-ends are available depends on the platform and the build-time
30340 configuration of the LyX program.
30342 g., on a Mac the operating system provides a spell checking service; there
30343 it is available as an additional back-end to choose from.
30344 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
30352 \begin_layout Standard
30353 LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
30354 This does work with all back-ends, assuming you have marked the different
30355 languages appropriately and the dictionaries installed.
30358 \begin_layout Standard
30359 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
30360 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
30367 \begin_layout Standard
30370 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30373 or the toolbar button
30376 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
30379 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
30380 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
30381 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
30382 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
30383 scrolled so that it is visible.
30388 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
30390 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
30394 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
30395 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
30398 \begin_layout Standard
30399 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
30402 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30407 \change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
30410 have marked the different languages in your document, spell checking will
30411 automatically switch to the appropriate dictionaries.
30412 You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
30413 a different one at the top of the dialog.
30416 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30420 \begin_layout Standard
30421 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
30422 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
30424 But you can use the
30427 \begin_inset space ~
30431 \begin_inset space ~
30439 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
30443 \begin_layout Standard
30448 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
30451 \begin_layout Description
30453 \begin_inset space ~
30456 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
30457 should consider, e.
30458 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30462 \begin_inset space \space{}
30465 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
30466 This should not normally be needed.
30469 \begin_layout Description
30471 \begin_inset space ~
30474 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
30475 the spell checker's default choice
30478 \begin_layout Description
30480 \begin_inset space ~
30484 \begin_inset space ~
30487 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
30489 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30493 \begin_inset Quotes erd
30499 \begin_layout Description
30501 \begin_inset space ~
30504 continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
30505 Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
30506 The suggestions by the spell checker will be added to the context menu
30507 of a misspelled word if there were some found.
30508 Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
30512 \begin_layout Description
30514 \begin_inset space ~
30518 \begin_inset space ~
30522 \begin_inset space ~
30525 comments The spelling of non-printed document contents is checked as well.
30526 You may disable this by deactivating this option.
30529 \begin_layout Section
30531 \begin_inset Index idx
30534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30541 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30543 name "sec:Thesaurus"
30550 \begin_layout Standard
30551 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
30552 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
30561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
30564 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
30573 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
30574 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
30575 are available for many languages.
30578 \begin_layout Standard
30579 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
30583 \begin_layout Subsection
30584 Setting up the thesaurus
30587 \begin_layout Standard
30592 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
30597 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
30602 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
30604 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30608 en_EN for English).
30609 For instance, the English files are named:
30612 \begin_layout Itemize
30616 \begin_layout Itemize
30620 \begin_layout Standard
30621 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
30622 already on your system.
30623 If not, you can get dictionaries either from
30624 \begin_inset Flex URL
30627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30629 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
30635 \begin_inset Flex URL
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30650 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
30651 \begin_inset Flex URL
30654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30656 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
30661 are usually packed in extension archives (
30665 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
30667 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
30668 unpack a zip archive.
30681 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
30682 s), and specify the path to this directory in
30684 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30685 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30689 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
30692 \begin_layout Subsection
30693 Using the thesaurus
30696 \begin_layout Standard
30697 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
30699 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30702 or the toolbar button
30705 arg "thesaurus-entry"
30708 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
30710 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
30712 The proposals are grouped into categories.
30713 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
30714 and hyponyms (such as
30722 ), compounds (such as
30726 ) and antonyms (such as
30734 ), which are marked as such.
30737 \begin_layout Standard
30738 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
30739 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
30743 \begin_layout Standard
30744 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
30745 the dictionary, such as the above
30749 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
30750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30754 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
30755 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
30756 For example looking up the word forms
30764 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
30769 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
30770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
30782 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
30783 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
30784 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
30787 \begin_layout Subsection
30788 License of the Thesaurus library
30791 \begin_layout Standard
30796 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
30801 as a standalone program.
30802 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
30803 The library was released under the
30805 Berkeley Database License
30807 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
30808 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
30809 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
30811 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
30814 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
30818 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
30821 \begin_layout Section
30823 \begin_inset Index idx
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30833 \begin_inset Index idx
30836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30837 Document ! Change Tracking
30843 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30845 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
30852 \begin_layout Standard
30853 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
30854 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
30855 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
30856 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
30858 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30860 \begin_inset space ~
30863 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
30865 \begin_inset space ~
30873 \begin_layout Standard
30874 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
30888 The color depends on the author that made the change.
30889 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
30892 \begin_inset space ~
30896 \begin_inset space ~
30906 \begin_inset Index idx
30909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30910 Color ! Change tracking
30915 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
30916 the cursor is in changed text.
30917 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
30920 arg "changes-merge"
30926 \begin_layout Standard
30927 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
30928 \begin_inset Index idx
30931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30940 \begin_layout Standard
30941 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30947 \begin_layout Standard
30948 \begin_inset Graphics
30949 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
30957 \begin_layout Standard
30958 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30964 \begin_layout Standard
30965 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
30969 \begin_layout Standard
30970 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
30976 \begin_layout Standard
30977 \begin_inset Tabular
30978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
30979 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
30980 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30981 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
30982 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30991 arg "changes-track"
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31005 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31007 \begin_inset space ~
31010 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31012 \begin_inset space ~
31021 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31030 arg "changes-output"
31038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31046 \begin_inset space ~
31049 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31051 \begin_inset space ~
31055 \begin_inset space ~
31059 \begin_inset space ~
31068 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 Jumps to the next change
31095 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 arg "change-accept"
31112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31118 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31120 \begin_inset space ~
31123 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31125 \begin_inset space ~
31134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 arg "change-reject"
31151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31159 \begin_inset space ~
31162 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31164 \begin_inset space ~
31173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31182 arg "changes-merge"
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31198 \begin_inset space ~
31201 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31203 \begin_inset space ~
31212 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31221 arg "all-changes-accept"
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31237 \begin_inset space ~
31240 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31242 \begin_inset space ~
31246 \begin_inset space ~
31255 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31264 arg "all-changes-reject"
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31280 \begin_inset space ~
31283 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31285 \begin_inset space ~
31289 \begin_inset space ~
31298 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31322 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31324 \begin_inset space ~
31333 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
31334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
31353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31358 \begin_inset space ~
31374 \begin_layout Standard
31375 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
31381 \begin_layout Standard
31382 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
31383 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
31384 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
31385 the next change after the current cursor position.
31386 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
31387 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
31388 step to the next change.
31389 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
31392 \begin_layout Standard
31393 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
31394 to describe a change.
31397 \begin_layout Standard
31398 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
31403 \begin_inset Index idx
31406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31407 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
31413 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
31414 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31420 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
31423 \begin_layout Section
31424 International Support
31425 \begin_inset Index idx
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31429 International support
31437 \begin_layout Standard
31438 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
31439 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
31440 how to set up LyX to use them:
31441 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
31443 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
31450 \begin_layout Standard
31451 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
31452 \begin_inset space ~
31456 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31458 reference "sub:Special-Character"
31465 \begin_layout Subsection
31467 \begin_inset Index idx
31470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31477 \begin_inset Index idx
31480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 Document ! Settings
31487 \begin_inset Index idx
31490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31491 Document ! Language
31499 \begin_layout Standard
31502 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31505 dialog lets you set
31507 the language and character encoding for your language.
31511 \begin_layout Standard
31512 Choose your language in the
31516 section of this dialog.
31524 \begin_layout Standard
31529 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
31534 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
31535 For details about the different encoding options see section
31536 \begin_inset space ~
31540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31542 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
31549 \begin_layout Subsection
31550 Keyboard mapping configuration
31551 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31553 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
31560 \begin_layout Standard
31561 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
31562 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
31563 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
31564 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
31565 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
31567 \begin_inset space ~
31571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31573 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
31578 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
31579 which one you want to use.
31582 \begin_layout Standard
31583 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
31584 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
31585 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
31586 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
31587 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
31588 one to support the characters you want.
31589 This and many other customizations are explained in the
31596 \begin_layout Subsection
31600 \begin_layout Standard
31602 \begin_inset space ~
31606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
31608 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
31617 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
31621 \begin_layout Standard
31622 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
31623 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
31631 \begin_layout Itemize
31632 Even if you have selected
31638 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
31641 dialog, users who have only the
31645 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
31649 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
31650 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
31651 french quotes won't show up.
31654 \begin_layout Standard
31655 \begin_inset Float table
31660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 \begin_inset Caption
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31664 \begin_inset CommandInset label
31666 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31684 \begin_inset Tabular
31685 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
31686 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
31687 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31688 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31689 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31690 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31691 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31692 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31693 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31694 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31695 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31696 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31697 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31698 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31699 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31700 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31701 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31702 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31703 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
31705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31786 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32022 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 \begin_inset Quotes eld
32564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33161 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33256 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33797 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34075 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34595 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34612 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34819 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35766 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
35856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35889 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
35995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36052 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
36072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
36089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36116 \begin_layout Standard
36117 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
36119 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
36120 also the characters from
36132 \begin_layout Itemize
36141 \begin_layout Standard
36142 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
36143 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36149 \begin_layout Standard
36150 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
36151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36157 \begin_layout Standard
36158 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
36159 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36165 \begin_layout Standard
36166 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
36167 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36173 \begin_layout Standard
36175 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36181 \begin_layout Standard
36183 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36191 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36198 \begin_layout Itemize
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36213 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36219 \begin_layout Standard
36221 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36229 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36235 \begin_layout Standard
36237 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36243 \begin_layout Standard
36245 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36251 \begin_layout Standard
36253 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
36262 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
36263 Also make sure you're using the
36270 \begin_layout Chapter
36273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36275 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
36282 \begin_layout Standard
36283 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
36284 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
36285 topic inside the user's guide.
36288 \begin_layout Section
36290 \begin_inset Index idx
36293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36302 \begin_layout Standard
36307 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
36308 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
36311 \begin_layout Subsection
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 Creates a new document.
36319 \begin_layout Subsection
36323 \begin_layout Standard
36324 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
36325 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
36326 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
36329 \begin_layout Subsection
36333 \begin_layout Standard
36337 \begin_layout Subsection
36341 \begin_layout Standard
36342 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
36343 Click there on a file to open it.
36346 \begin_layout Subsection
36350 \begin_layout Standard
36351 Closes the current document.
36354 \begin_layout Subsection
36358 \begin_layout Standard
36359 Closes all opened documents.
36362 \begin_layout Subsection
36366 \begin_layout Standard
36367 Saves the actual document.
36370 \begin_layout Subsection
36374 \begin_layout Standard
36375 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
36378 \begin_layout Subsection
36382 \begin_layout Standard
36383 Saves all opened documents.
36386 \begin_layout Subsection
36390 \begin_layout Standard
36391 Reloads the actual document from disk.
36394 \begin_layout Subsection
36398 \begin_layout Standard
36399 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
36400 It is described in the section
36402 Version Control in LyX
36406 Additional Features
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36416 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
36417 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
36418 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
36419 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
36422 \begin_layout Standard
36423 When using the menu entry
36426 \begin_inset space ~
36431 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
36435 \begin_inset space ~
36439 \begin_inset space ~
36444 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
36445 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
36448 \begin_layout Subsection
36450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36459 \begin_layout Standard
36460 You can export your document to various file formats.
36461 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
36462 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
36463 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
36469 \begin_inset space ~
36473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36475 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
36482 \begin_layout Description
36486 \begin_inset space ~
36491 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
36493 \begin_inset Newline newline
36496 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
36499 \begin_layout Description
36507 \begin_layout Description
36508 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
36512 \begin_layout Description
36514 \begin_inset space ~
36518 \begin_inset space ~
36521 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
36525 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
36533 \begin_layout Description
36540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36548 \begin_inset space ~
36553 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
36554 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
36558 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
36561 \begin_layout Description
36568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36576 \begin_inset space ~
36581 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
36582 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
36590 \begin_layout Description
36592 \begin_inset space ~
36595 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
36596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36603 is replaced by the version number)
36606 \begin_layout Description
36607 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
36610 \begin_layout Description
36611 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
36624 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
36628 \begin_layout Description
36632 \begin_inset space ~
36637 PDF-format using the program
36642 \begin_layout Description
36646 \begin_inset space ~
36651 PDF-format using the program
36656 \begin_layout Description
36660 \begin_inset space ~
36665 PDF-format using the program
36670 \begin_layout Description
36674 \begin_inset space ~
36682 \begin_layout Description
36686 \begin_inset space ~
36690 \begin_inset space ~
36695 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
36696 and then exported as text using the program
36701 \begin_layout Description
36706 PostScript format using the program
36711 \begin_layout Description
36719 \begin_layout Standard
36724 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
36725 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
36731 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
36734 \begin_layout Standard
36735 If one of the menu entries
36742 \begin_inset space ~
36751 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
36752 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
36753 \begin_inset space ~
36757 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36759 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36764 \begin_inset Index idx
36767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36768 Reconfiguration of LyX
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36781 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
36782 the export program.
36785 \begin_layout Subsection
36789 \begin_layout Standard
36790 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
36791 format or send it to a printer.
36792 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
36793 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
36799 For more information have a look at section
36800 \begin_inset space ~
36804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36806 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
36813 \begin_layout Subsection
36817 \begin_layout Standard
36818 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
36819 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
36820 prefix, see section
36821 \begin_inset space ~
36825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36827 reference "sec:Paths"
36832 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
36841 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
36842 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
36843 \begin_inset space ~
36847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36849 reference "sub:Converters"
36856 \begin_layout Subsection
36857 New and Close Window
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
36864 \begin_layout Subsection
36868 \begin_layout Standard
36869 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
36872 \begin_layout Section
36874 \begin_inset Index idx
36877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36886 \begin_layout Subsection
36890 \begin_layout Standard
36891 Described in section
36892 \begin_inset space ~
36896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36898 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
36905 \begin_layout Subsection
36906 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
36909 \begin_layout Standard
36910 Described in section
36911 \begin_inset space ~
36915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36917 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36924 \begin_layout Subsection
36928 \begin_layout Standard
36929 Selects the whole document.
36932 \begin_layout Subsection
36936 \begin_layout Standard
36937 Described in section
36938 \begin_inset space ~
36942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36944 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
36951 \begin_layout Subsection
36952 Move Paragraph Up/Down
36955 \begin_layout Standard
36956 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
36960 \begin_layout Subsection
36964 \begin_layout Standard
36965 Described in section
36966 \begin_inset space ~
36970 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36972 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
36979 \begin_layout Subsection
36981 \begin_inset Index idx
36984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 Paragraph ! Settings
36993 \begin_layout Standard
36994 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
36995 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
36998 \begin_layout Standard
36999 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
37000 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
37002 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37008 \begin_inset space ~
37016 \begin_layout Subsection
37017 Table Settings and Math
37020 \begin_layout Standard
37021 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
37023 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
37024 The properties of tables are described in section
37025 \begin_inset space ~
37029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37031 reference "sec:Tables"
37035 , the properties of formulas in chapter
37036 \begin_inset space ~
37040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37042 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37049 \begin_layout Subsection
37050 Increase / Decrease List Depth
37053 \begin_layout Standard
37054 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
37055 that can be nested.
37056 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
37057 \begin_inset space ~
37061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37063 reference "sec:Nesting"
37068 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37070 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37077 \begin_layout Section
37079 \begin_inset Index idx
37082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37091 \begin_layout Standard
37096 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
37097 document with an external program.
37098 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
37099 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
37100 All possible formats are formats listed in section
37101 \begin_inset space ~
37105 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37107 reference "sub:Export"
37112 You should at least see the menu entries
37119 \begin_inset space ~
37125 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
37126 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
37127 \begin_inset space ~
37131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37133 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37138 \begin_inset Index idx
37141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37142 Reconfiguration of LyX
37150 \begin_layout Standard
37151 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
37152 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
37153 \begin_inset space ~
37157 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37159 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37164 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
37167 \begin_layout Standard
37168 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
37171 At the bottom of the
37175 menu the opened documents are listed.
37178 \begin_layout Subsection
37179 Open/Close all Insets
37182 \begin_layout Standard
37183 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
37186 \begin_layout Subsection
37187 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
37190 \begin_layout Standard
37191 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
37194 \begin_layout Standard
37195 Math macros are described in the
37202 \begin_layout Subsection
37206 \begin_layout Standard
37207 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
37209 \begin_inset space ~
37213 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37215 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
37222 \begin_layout Subsection
37226 \begin_layout Standard
37227 Opens a window showing console messages.
37228 This is useful for debugging LyX (i.
37229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37232 e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
37233 while LaTeX is processing the document,
37236 \begin_layout Subsection
37240 \begin_layout Standard
37241 This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
37242 format either in the preferences (see sec.
37243 \begin_inset space ~
37247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37249 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37253 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37254 \begin_inset space ~
37258 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37260 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37264 ), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
37267 \begin_layout Subsection
37268 View (Other Formats)
37271 \begin_layout Standard
37272 With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
37275 \begin_layout Subsection
37279 \begin_layout Standard
37280 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
37281 the default output format as described in the previous section) without
37282 opening a new viewer window.
37285 \begin_layout Subsection
37286 Update (Other Formats)
37289 \begin_layout Standard
37290 With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
37291 of your document without opening a new viewer window.
37294 \begin_layout Subsection
37295 View Master Document
37298 \begin_layout Standard
37299 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37301 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37305 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37316 manual for more information on this topic).
37317 This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
37318 That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
37323 generates the output of the whole book, while
37327 will just output the chapter alone.
37330 \begin_layout Standard
37331 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37332 in the preferences (see sec.
37333 \begin_inset space ~
37337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37339 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37343 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37344 \begin_inset space ~
37348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37350 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37357 \begin_layout Subsection
37358 Update Master Document
37361 \begin_layout Standard
37362 This menu item is only visible if your document is included to another document,
37364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
37368 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37379 manual for more information on this topic).
37380 This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
37381 its child without the need to switch to the master document itself.
37384 \begin_layout Standard
37385 The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
37386 in the preferences (see sec.
37387 \begin_inset space ~
37391 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37393 reference "sec:File-Formats"
37397 ) or in the document settings (see sec.
37398 \begin_inset space ~
37402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37404 reference "sec:Doc-Output"
37411 \begin_layout Subsection
37415 \begin_layout Standard
37416 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
37417 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
37418 view the same document, but at different positions.
37419 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
37420 or more documents at the same time.
37421 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
37428 \begin_layout Subsection
37432 \begin_layout Standard
37433 Closes a split view.
37436 \begin_layout Subsection
37440 \begin_layout Standard
37441 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
37442 so that you will see nothing but your text.
37443 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
37444 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
37445 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
37448 \begin_layout Subsection
37450 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37452 name "sub:Toolbars"
37457 \begin_inset Index idx
37460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37469 \begin_layout Standard
37470 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
37471 All toolbars and the
37474 \begin_inset space ~
37479 can be turned on and off.
37484 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
37496 \begin_inset space ~
37505 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
37509 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
37516 \begin_layout Standard
37521 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
37525 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
37526 or when a certain feature is enabled.
37527 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
37528 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
37529 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
37532 \begin_layout Standard
37533 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
37534 \begin_inset space ~
37538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37540 reference "sec:Toolbars"
37547 \begin_layout Section
37549 \begin_inset Index idx
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37561 \begin_layout Subsection
37565 \begin_layout Standard
37566 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
37567 \begin_inset space ~
37571 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37573 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
37584 \begin_layout Subsection
37586 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37588 name "sub:Special-Character"
37595 \begin_layout Standard
37596 Here you can insert the following characters:
37599 \begin_layout Description
37600 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
37601 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
37602 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
37603 \begin_inset Newline newline
37607 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
37610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 Not all characters will be visible in the
37619 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
37621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37625 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37627 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
37631 ) can display every character.
37639 \begin_layout Description
37640 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
37644 \begin_layout Description
37646 \begin_inset space ~
37650 \begin_inset space ~
37653 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
37654 \begin_inset space ~
37658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37660 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
37667 \begin_layout Description
37669 \begin_inset space ~
37672 Quote Inserts this quote:
37673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
37676 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
37678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37688 \begin_layout Description
37690 \begin_inset space ~
37693 Quote Inserts this quote:
37694 \begin_inset Quotes els
37700 \begin_layout Description
37702 \begin_inset space ~
37705 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
37709 \begin_layout Description
37711 \begin_inset space ~
37714 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
37718 \begin_layout Description
37720 \begin_inset space ~
37723 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37727 \begin_layout Description
37729 \begin_inset space ~
37733 \begin_inset Index idx
37736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37743 \begin_inset Index idx
37746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Language ! Phonetic symbols
37752 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
37753 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
37754 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
37759 \begin_inset Index idx
37762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37763 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
37769 \begin_inset Newline newline
37772 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
37776 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37784 and this Wiki-page:
37785 \begin_inset Newline newline
37789 \begin_inset Flex URL
37792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
37802 \begin_layout Subsection
37806 \begin_layout Standard
37807 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
37810 \begin_layout Description
37811 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
37812 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
37818 \begin_layout Description
37819 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
37820 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
37826 \begin_layout Description
37828 \begin_inset space ~
37831 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
37832 \begin_inset space ~
37836 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37838 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
37845 \begin_layout Description
37847 \begin_inset space ~
37850 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
37851 \begin_inset space ~
37855 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37857 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
37864 \begin_layout Description
37866 \begin_inset space ~
37869 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
37870 \begin_inset space ~
37874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37876 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
37883 \begin_layout Description
37885 \begin_inset space ~
37888 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
37889 \begin_inset space ~
37893 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37895 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
37902 \begin_layout Description
37904 \begin_inset space ~
37907 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
37908 \begin_inset space ~
37912 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37914 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
37921 \begin_layout Description
37923 \begin_inset space ~
37926 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
37927 \begin_inset space ~
37931 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37933 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
37940 \begin_layout Description
37942 \begin_inset space ~
37945 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
37946 \begin_inset space ~
37950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37952 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
37959 \begin_layout Description
37961 \begin_inset space ~
37964 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
37965 \begin_inset space ~
37969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37971 reference "sub:Ligatures"
37978 \begin_layout Description
37980 \begin_inset space ~
37984 \begin_inset space ~
37987 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
37988 \begin_inset space ~
37992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37994 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38001 \begin_layout Description
38003 \begin_inset space ~
38006 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
38007 text line to the page border, see section
38008 \begin_inset space ~
38012 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38014 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
38021 \begin_layout Description
38023 \begin_inset space ~
38026 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
38027 \begin_inset space ~
38031 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38033 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38040 \begin_layout Description
38042 \begin_inset space ~
38045 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
38046 text page to the page border, described in section
38047 \begin_inset space ~
38051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38053 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
38060 \begin_layout Description
38062 \begin_inset space ~
38065 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
38066 \begin_inset space ~
38070 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38072 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38079 \begin_layout Description
38081 \begin_inset space ~
38085 \begin_inset space ~
38088 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
38089 \begin_inset space ~
38093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38095 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
38102 \begin_layout Subsection
38106 \begin_layout Standard
38107 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
38108 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
38110 \begin_inset space ~
38114 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38116 reference "sec:toc"
38121 The index list is described in section
38122 \begin_inset space ~
38126 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38128 reference "sec:Index"
38132 , the nomenclature in section
38133 \begin_inset space ~
38137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38139 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38143 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
38144 \begin_inset space ~
38148 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38150 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
38157 \begin_layout Subsection
38161 \begin_layout Standard
38162 To insert floats, described in section
38163 \begin_inset space ~
38167 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38169 reference "sec:Floats"
38176 \begin_layout Subsection
38180 \begin_layout Standard
38181 To insert notes, described in section
38182 \begin_inset space ~
38186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38188 reference "sec:Notes"
38195 \begin_layout Subsection
38199 \begin_layout Standard
38200 Inserts branch insets as described in section
38201 \begin_inset space ~
38205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38207 reference "sec:Branches"
38214 \begin_layout Subsection
38218 \begin_layout Standard
38219 Inserts document class-specific insets.
38220 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
38222 An example is the document class
38223 \begin_inset Quotes eld
38227 \begin_inset Quotes erd
38230 with three custom insets.
38233 Flex insets and InsetLayout
38239 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
38242 \begin_layout Subsection
38244 \begin_inset Index idx
38247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38256 \begin_layout Standard
38257 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
38258 files in your document.
38259 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
38270 \begin_layout Subsection
38272 \begin_inset Index idx
38275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38284 \begin_layout Standard
38285 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
38286 \begin_inset space ~
38290 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38292 reference "sec:Minipages"
38297 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
38308 \begin_layout Subsection
38312 \begin_layout Standard
38313 Inserts a citation as described in section
38314 \begin_inset space ~
38318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38320 reference "sec:Bibliography"
38327 \begin_layout Subsection
38331 \begin_layout Standard
38332 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
38333 \begin_inset space ~
38337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38339 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38346 \begin_layout Subsection
38350 \begin_layout Standard
38351 Inserts a label as described in section
38352 \begin_inset space ~
38356 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38358 reference "sec:Cross-References"
38365 \begin_layout Subsection
38367 \begin_inset Index idx
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38377 \begin_inset Index idx
38380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 Longtables ! Caption
38389 \begin_layout Standard
38390 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
38391 Floats are described in section
38392 \begin_inset space ~
38396 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38398 reference "sec:Floats"
38402 , captions in longtables are described in the section
38413 \begin_layout Subsection
38417 \begin_layout Standard
38418 Inserts an index entry as described in section
38419 \begin_inset space ~
38423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38425 reference "sec:Index"
38432 \begin_layout Subsection
38436 \begin_layout Standard
38437 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
38438 \begin_inset space ~
38442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38444 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
38451 \begin_layout Subsection
38455 \begin_layout Standard
38457 Tables are described in section
38458 \begin_inset space ~
38462 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38464 reference "sec:Tables"
38471 \begin_layout Subsection
38475 \begin_layout Standard
38477 Graphics are described in section
38478 \begin_inset space ~
38482 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38484 reference "sec:Graphics"
38491 \begin_layout Subsection
38495 \begin_layout Standard
38496 Inserts an URL as described in section
38497 \begin_inset space ~
38501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38503 reference "sub:URLs"
38510 \begin_layout Subsection
38514 \begin_layout Standard
38515 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
38516 \begin_inset space ~
38520 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38522 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
38529 \begin_layout Subsection
38533 \begin_layout Standard
38534 Inserts a footnote, see section
38535 \begin_inset space ~
38539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38541 reference "sec:Footnotes"
38548 \begin_layout Subsection
38552 \begin_layout Standard
38553 Inserts a marginal note, see section
38554 \begin_inset space ~
38558 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38560 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
38567 \begin_layout Subsection
38571 \begin_layout Standard
38572 Inserts a short title, see section
38573 \begin_inset space ~
38577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38579 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
38586 \begin_layout Subsection
38590 \begin_layout Standard
38591 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
38592 \begin_inset space ~
38596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38598 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
38605 \begin_layout Subsection
38607 \begin_inset Index idx
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38619 \begin_layout Standard
38620 Inserts a program listings box.
38621 Program listings are explained in the chapter
38623 Program Code Listings
38632 \begin_layout Subsection
38636 \begin_layout Standard
38637 Inserts the actual date.
38638 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
38640 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
38652 \begin_layout Section
38654 \begin_inset Index idx
38657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38666 \begin_layout Standard
38667 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
38668 \begin_inset space ~
38671 of the current document.
38672 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
38675 \begin_layout Subsection
38679 \begin_layout Standard
38680 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
38681 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
38683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38687 \begin_inset space \space{}
38691 \begin_inset space ~
38695 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
38696 \begin_inset space ~
38699 2.5 and use the menu
38702 \begin_inset space ~
38706 \begin_inset space ~
38713 \begin_inset space ~
38719 \begin_inset space ~
38723 \begin_inset space ~
38729 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
38733 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
38739 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
38745 \begin_layout Standard
38746 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
38747 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
38750 \begin_layout Subsection
38751 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
38754 \begin_layout Standard
38755 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
38759 \begin_layout Subsection
38763 \begin_layout Standard
38764 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
38765 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
38766 on a cross-reference box.
38769 \begin_layout Section
38771 \begin_inset Index idx
38774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38783 \begin_layout Subsection
38787 \begin_layout Standard
38788 Change Tracking is described in section
38789 \begin_inset space ~
38793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38795 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38802 \begin_layout Subsection
38807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38817 \begin_layout Standard
38818 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
38820 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
38823 \begin_layout Standard
38824 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
38829 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
38832 \begin_layout Subsection
38836 \begin_layout Standard
38837 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
38838 \begin_inset space ~
38842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38844 reference "sec:Navigating"
38849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38851 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
38858 \begin_layout Subsection
38859 Start Appendix Here
38862 \begin_layout Standard
38863 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
38864 position as described in section
38865 \begin_inset space ~
38869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38871 reference "sec:Appendices"
38878 \begin_layout Subsection
38882 \begin_layout Standard
38883 Un/compresses the current document.
38886 \begin_layout Subsection
38890 \begin_layout Standard
38891 The document settings are described in appendix
38892 \begin_inset space ~
38896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38898 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38905 \begin_layout Section
38907 \begin_inset Index idx
38910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38919 \begin_layout Subsection
38923 \begin_layout Standard
38924 Spell checking is explained in section
38925 \begin_inset space ~
38929 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38931 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
38938 \begin_layout Subsection
38942 \begin_layout Standard
38943 The thesaurus is described in section
38944 \begin_inset space ~
38948 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38950 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
38957 \begin_layout Subsection
38959 \begin_inset Index idx
38962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38969 \begin_inset Index idx
38972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38981 \begin_layout Standard
38982 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
38983 highlighted document part.
38986 \begin_layout Subsection
38988 \begin_inset Index idx
38991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39000 \begin_layout Standard
39001 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
39004 \begin_layout Subsection
39006 \begin_inset Index idx
39009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39010 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
39014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39021 Reconfiguration of LyX
39025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39038 \begin_inset Index idx
39041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39042 Reconfiguration of LyX
39050 \begin_layout Standard
39051 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
39052 and needed programs it needs; see also section
39053 \begin_inset space ~
39057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39059 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
39066 \begin_layout Subsection
39070 \begin_layout Standard
39071 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
39072 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39078 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39085 \begin_layout Section
39087 \begin_inset Index idx
39090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39099 \begin_layout Standard
39100 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
39104 \begin_layout Standard
39108 \begin_inset space ~
39113 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
39114 found by LyX (see also section
39115 \begin_inset space ~
39119 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39121 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
39128 \begin_layout Section
39130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39132 name "sec:Toolbars"
39139 \begin_layout Standard
39140 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
39141 \begin_inset space ~
39145 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39147 reference "sub:Toolbars"
39154 \begin_layout Standard
39155 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
39156 This is described in the
39158 Additional Features
39163 \begin_layout Subsection
39165 \begin_inset Index idx
39168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39177 \begin_layout Standard
39178 \begin_inset Graphics
39179 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
39187 \begin_layout Standard
39188 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39194 \begin_layout Standard
39195 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39212 \begin_inset Note Note
39215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39216 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
39221 manual for more information.
39229 \begin_layout Standard
39230 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39236 \begin_layout Standard
39237 \begin_inset Tabular
39238 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
39239 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39240 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39241 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
39243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39247 \begin_inset Graphics
39248 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
39258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39262 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
39275 \begin_layout Standard
39276 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
39282 \begin_layout Standard
39284 \begin_inset Tabular
39285 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
39286 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39287 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39288 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39312 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39319 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39342 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39349 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39372 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39379 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39388 arg "dialog-show print"
39396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39402 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39409 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39418 arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
39426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39432 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39439 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39462 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39469 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39492 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39499 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39522 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39552 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39582 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39598 arg "dialog-show findreplace"
39606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39612 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39614 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39618 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39627 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39636 arg "bookmark-goto 0"
39644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39650 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39651 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39658 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39679 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
39681 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39683 \begin_inset space ~
39694 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39715 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
39717 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39730 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39731 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39739 arg "textstyle-apply"
39747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39751 Formats text using the current settings in the
39753 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39755 \begin_inset space ~
39766 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39789 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39790 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39801 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39810 arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
39818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39824 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39831 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39838 arg "tabular-insert"
39846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39852 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39859 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39868 arg "dialog-toggle toc"
39876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39880 Toggle outline window on/off,
39882 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39889 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39898 arg "toolbar-toggle math"
39906 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39910 Toggle math toolbar on/off
39916 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39925 arg "toolbar-toggle table"
39933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39937 Toggle table toolbar on/off
39950 \begin_layout Subsection
39952 \begin_inset Index idx
39955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39964 \begin_layout Standard
39965 \begin_inset Graphics
39966 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
39974 \begin_layout Standard
39975 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39981 \begin_layout Standard
39982 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
39986 \begin_layout Standard
39987 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39993 \begin_layout Standard
39994 \begin_inset Tabular
39995 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
39996 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
39997 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39998 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39999 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40026 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40035 arg "layout Enumerate"
40043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40053 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40062 arg "layout Itemize"
40070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40107 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40116 arg "layout Description"
40124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40143 arg "depth-increment"
40151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40157 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40159 \begin_inset space ~
40163 \begin_inset space ~
40172 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40181 arg "depth-decrement"
40189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40195 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40197 \begin_inset space ~
40201 \begin_inset space ~
40210 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40219 arg "float-insert figure"
40227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40233 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40234 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40241 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40250 arg "float-insert table"
40258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40264 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40265 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40272 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40295 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40302 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40311 arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
40319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40325 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40332 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40333 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40341 arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
40349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40355 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40362 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40363 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40366 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40385 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40387 \begin_inset space ~
40396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40405 arg "nomencl-insert"
40413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40421 \begin_inset space ~
40430 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40439 arg "footnote-insert"
40447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40460 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40469 arg "marginalnote-insert"
40477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40483 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40485 \begin_inset space ~
40494 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40518 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40520 \begin_inset space ~
40529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40538 arg "box-insert Frameless"
40546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40552 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40559 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40589 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40606 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40609 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40612 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40643 arg "math-macro newmacroname newcommand"
40651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40657 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40658 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40665 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40674 arg "dialog-show-new-inset include"
40682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40688 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40689 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40691 \begin_inset space ~
40700 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40709 arg "dialog-show character"
40717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40723 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40725 \begin_inset space ~
40734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40743 arg "layout-paragraph"
40751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40757 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40759 \begin_inset space ~
40768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40777 arg "thesaurus-entry"
40785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40791 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40805 \begin_layout Subsection
40806 View / Update Toolbar
40807 \begin_inset Index idx
40810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40811 Toolbar ! View / Update
40819 \begin_layout Standard
40820 \begin_inset Graphics
40821 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
40828 \begin_layout Standard
40829 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40835 \begin_layout Standard
40836 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
40840 \begin_layout Standard
40841 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
40847 \begin_layout Standard
40848 \begin_inset Tabular
40849 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
40850 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
40851 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40852 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
40853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40876 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40883 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40892 arg "buffer-update"
40900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40906 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40913 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40922 arg "master-buffer-view"
40930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40936 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40943 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40952 arg "master-buffer-update"
40960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40966 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
40974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40982 arg "buffer-toggle-output-sync"
40990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
40993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40997 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40998 Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40999 Synchronize with Output
41005 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41010 \begin_inset Graphics
41011 filename ../images/view-others.png
41013 groupId toolbarbuttons
41024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41030 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41031 View (Other Formats)
41037 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
41038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41042 \begin_inset Graphics
41043 filename ../images/update-others.png
41045 groupId toolbarbuttons
41054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
41057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41060 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41061 Update (Other Formats)
41074 \begin_layout Standard
41075 * These icons might look different for you if you do not use the default
41079 \begin_layout Subsection
41083 \begin_layout Standard
41084 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
41085 \begin_inset space ~
41089 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41091 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41095 , the table toolbar
41096 \begin_inset Index idx
41099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41109 manual, the math macro toolbar
41110 \begin_inset Index idx
41113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 \begin_layout Chapter
41127 The Document Settings
41128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41130 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
41135 \begin_inset Index idx
41138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41139 Document ! Settings
41147 \begin_layout Standard
41148 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
41149 whole document and is called with the menu
41151 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41155 You can save your document settings as default with th
41157 e Save as Document Defaults
41159 button in the dialog.
41160 This will create a template named
41164 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
41168 \begin_layout Standard
41169 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
41172 \begin_layout Section
41176 \begin_layout Standard
41177 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
41179 Document classes are described in section
41180 \begin_inset space ~
41184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41186 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
41191 Some classes use some class options by default.
41192 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
41196 and you can decide to use them or not.
41197 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
41198 recommended not to touch them.
41199 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
41205 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
41206 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
41211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41212 When you want one of the following drivers
41213 \begin_inset Newline newline
41216 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
41217 \begin_inset Newline newline
41220 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
41221 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41225 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41227 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
41239 \begin_layout Standard
41240 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
41241 child or subdocument.
41242 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
41243 without its master.
41244 This way child documents are always compilable.
41245 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
41256 \begin_layout Section
41260 \begin_layout Standard
41261 This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
41262 Please refer to the section
41270 manual for details.
41273 \begin_layout Section
41277 \begin_layout Standard
41278 Modules are explained in section
41279 \begin_inset space ~
41283 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41285 reference "sub:Modules"
41292 \begin_layout Section
41296 \begin_layout Standard
41297 The document font settings are described in section
41298 \begin_inset space ~
41302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41304 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
41311 \begin_layout Section
41315 \begin_layout Standard
41316 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
41318 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
41322 \begin_layout Standard
41323 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
41324 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
41325 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
41328 \begin_layout Standard
41329 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
41337 \begin_layout Section
41341 \begin_layout Standard
41342 A description of this menu is given in section
41343 \begin_inset space ~
41347 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41349 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
41354 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41356 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
41363 \begin_layout Section
41367 \begin_layout Standard
41368 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
41369 \begin_inset space ~
41373 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41375 reference "sub:Margins"
41382 \begin_layout Section
41384 \begin_inset Index idx
41387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41388 Language ! Encoding
41396 \begin_layout Standard
41397 The document language and quote styles are set here.
41398 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
41399 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
41400 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
41401 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
41402 known for a particular character).
41406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41407 The known commands are defined in a text file.
41408 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
41413 manual for details.
41421 \begin_layout Standard
41422 If you use the option
41426 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
41427 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
41428 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
41429 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
41430 exactly one encoding.
41431 Checking this option is the preferred setting.
41434 \begin_layout Standard
41435 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
41436 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
41437 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
41438 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
41439 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
41440 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
41445 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
41446 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
41447 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
41448 The situation is much better with XeTeX and LuaTeX, two new alternative
41449 engines to standard LaTeX.
41450 Both engines support Unicode natively.
41451 LyX now also supports these two engines (via the output formats
41454 \begin_inset space ~
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41473 \begin_inset space ~
41480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41492 \begin_inset space ~
41498 \begin_inset space ~
41502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41504 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
41508 ), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
41511 \begin_layout Standard
41512 Here is a list with the important encodings:
41515 \begin_layout Description
41517 \begin_inset space ~
41521 \begin_inset space ~
41525 \begin_inset space ~
41532 , but the LaTeX-package
41537 \begin_inset Index idx
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41541 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
41547 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
41548 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
41549 languages in TeX code.
41552 \begin_layout Description
41553 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
41554 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
41555 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
41558 \begin_layout Description
41560 \begin_inset space ~
41564 \begin_inset space ~
41567 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
41570 \begin_layout Description
41572 \begin_inset space ~
41576 \begin_inset space ~
41579 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
41582 \begin_layout Description
41584 \begin_inset space ~
41587 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
41590 \begin_layout Description
41592 \begin_inset space ~
41596 \begin_inset space ~
41599 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, the same
41600 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
41603 \begin_layout Description
41605 \begin_inset space ~
41609 \begin_inset space ~
41612 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
41616 \begin_layout Description
41618 \begin_inset space ~
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41625 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian and Lithuanian, a subset of the
41626 ISO-8859-13 encoding
41629 \begin_layout Description
41631 \begin_inset space ~
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41639 \begin_inset space ~
41642 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
41643 \begin_inset space ~
41649 \begin_layout Description
41651 \begin_inset space ~
41655 \begin_inset space ~
41659 \begin_inset space ~
41662 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
41663 Romanian, Slovak and Slovenian
41666 \begin_layout Description
41668 \begin_inset space ~
41672 \begin_inset space ~
41675 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
41676 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
41677 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41678 \begin_inset space ~
41682 \begin_inset space ~
41688 \begin_layout Description
41690 \begin_inset space ~
41694 \begin_inset space ~
41697 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
41698 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
41699 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
41700 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41705 \begin_inset space ~
41711 \begin_layout Description
41713 \begin_inset space ~
41717 \begin_inset space ~
41720 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
41723 \begin_layout Description
41725 \begin_inset space ~
41729 \begin_inset space ~
41732 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
41735 \begin_layout Description
41737 \begin_inset space ~
41741 \begin_inset space ~
41744 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian and Ukrainian
41747 \begin_layout Description
41749 \begin_inset space ~
41752 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
41755 \begin_layout Description
41757 \begin_inset space ~
41760 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
41763 \begin_layout Description
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41769 \begin_inset space ~
41772 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
41775 \begin_layout Description
41777 \begin_inset space ~
41781 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \begin_layout Description
41789 \begin_inset space ~
41793 \begin_inset space ~
41796 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
41799 \begin_layout Description
41801 \begin_inset space ~
41805 \begin_inset space ~
41811 \begin_layout Description
41813 \begin_inset space ~
41817 \begin_inset space ~
41820 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41825 \begin_inset Index idx
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41829 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
41834 , when using this, set the document language to
41839 \begin_layout Description
41841 \begin_inset space ~
41845 \begin_inset space ~
41848 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41852 , when using this, set the document language to
41855 \begin_inset space ~
41861 \begin_layout Description
41863 \begin_inset space ~
41867 \begin_inset space ~
41870 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41875 \begin_inset Index idx
41878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41879 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
41884 , when using this, set the document language to
41889 \begin_layout Description
41891 \begin_inset space ~
41895 \begin_inset space ~
41898 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41902 , when using this, set the document language to
41907 \begin_layout Description
41909 \begin_inset space ~
41913 \begin_inset space ~
41916 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
41920 , when using this, set the document language to
41925 \begin_layout Description
41927 \begin_inset space ~
41930 (EUC-KR) for Korean
41933 \begin_layout Description
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41939 \begin_inset space ~
41943 \begin_inset space ~
41946 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese and Turkish
41949 \begin_layout Description
41951 \begin_inset space ~
41955 \begin_inset space ~
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41962 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
41963 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian and Slovenian, is designed
41964 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
41967 \begin_layout Description
41969 \begin_inset space ~
41973 \begin_inset space ~
41979 \begin_layout Description
41981 \begin_inset space ~
41985 \begin_inset space ~
41988 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
41989 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
41992 \begin_layout Description
41994 \begin_inset space ~
41998 \begin_inset space ~
42001 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
42006 \begin_inset Index idx
42009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42010 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
42015 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
42018 \begin_layout Description
42020 \begin_inset space ~
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42027 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
42035 , which use Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
42040 LyX automatically selects this encoding if you export or preview XeTeX
42042 Normally you do not need to set this encoding manually.
42045 \begin_layout Description
42047 \begin_inset space ~
42051 \begin_inset space ~
42054 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42059 \begin_inset Index idx
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42063 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
42068 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
42071 \begin_layout Description
42073 \begin_inset space ~
42076 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
42081 \begin_inset Index idx
42084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42085 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
42091 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
42095 \begin_layout Description
42097 \begin_inset space ~
42101 \begin_inset space ~
42105 \begin_inset space ~
42108 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
42109 \begin_inset space ~
42115 \begin_layout Description
42117 \begin_inset space ~
42121 \begin_inset space ~
42125 \begin_inset space ~
42128 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
42129 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
42130 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-15
42134 \begin_layout Description
42136 \begin_inset space ~
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42144 \begin_inset space ~
42147 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
42148 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
42151 \begin_layout Standard
42152 Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
42155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42156 LatexCommand formatted
42157 reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
42161 for more information on the language package.
42164 \begin_layout Section
42168 \begin_layout Standard
42169 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
42170 depth in the table of contents as described in section
42171 \begin_inset space ~
42175 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42177 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
42184 \begin_layout Section
42188 \begin_layout Standard
42189 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
42194 \begin_inset Index idx
42197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
42208 \begin_inset Index idx
42211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
42217 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
42222 \begin_inset Index idx
42225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42226 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
42231 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
42233 For a further description see section
42234 \begin_inset space ~
42238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42240 reference "sec:Bibliography"
42247 \begin_layout Section
42251 \begin_layout Standard
42252 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
42253 and you can define additional indexes.
42254 Please refer to section
42255 \begin_inset space ~
42259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42261 reference "sec:Index"
42268 \begin_layout Section
42272 \begin_layout Standard
42273 The PDF properties are explained in section
42274 \begin_inset space ~
42278 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42280 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
42287 \begin_layout Section
42291 \begin_layout Standard
42292 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
42297 \begin_inset Index idx
42300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
42311 \begin_inset Index idx
42314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 LaTeX-packages ! esint
42320 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
42323 \begin_layout Standard
42328 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
42329 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
42332 \begin_layout Standard
42337 is used for special integral characters.
42340 \begin_layout Section
42344 \begin_layout Standard
42345 The float placement options are described in section
42346 \begin_inset space ~
42350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42352 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
42359 \begin_layout Section
42363 \begin_layout Standard
42364 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
42365 The itemize environment is described in section
42366 \begin_inset space ~
42370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42372 reference "sec:Itemize"
42379 \begin_layout Section
42383 \begin_layout Standard
42384 Branches are described in section
42385 \begin_inset space ~
42389 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42391 reference "sec:Branches"
42398 \begin_layout Section
42400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42402 name "sec:Doc-Output"
42409 \begin_layout Standard
42410 Here you can define some output specifics for the current document:
42413 \begin_layout Description
42415 \begin_inset space ~
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42422 Format: The format that is used when you hit
42423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42427 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42439 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42442 View Master Document
42443 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42447 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42450 Update Master Document
42451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42458 menu or the toolbar.
42459 The default is set in
42461 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42462 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42466 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42467 LatexCommand formatted
42468 reference "sec:File-Formats"
42475 \begin_layout Description
42477 \begin_inset space ~
42481 \begin_inset space ~
42485 \begin_inset Note Note
42488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42497 \begin_layout Description
42499 \begin_inset space ~
42503 \begin_inset space ~
42507 \begin_inset Note Note
42510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42519 \begin_layout Section
42524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42534 \begin_layout Standard
42535 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
42536 to define LaTeX-commands.
42537 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
42538 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
42542 \begin_layout Standard
42543 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
42544 \begin_inset space ~
42548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42550 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
42557 \begin_layout Chapter
42563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42565 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
42570 \begin_inset Index idx
42573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 \begin_layout Standard
42583 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
42585 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42589 It has the following submenus.
42592 \begin_layout Section
42596 \begin_layout Subsection
42600 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42601 User Interface File
42602 \begin_inset Index idx
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42606 Customization ! of toolbars
42612 \begin_inset Index idx
42615 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42616 Customization ! of menus
42624 \begin_layout Standard
42625 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
42642 \begin_layout Standard
42643 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
42644 interface (ui) file.
42645 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
42646 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
42655 Both files are loaded by the
42660 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
42661 files and edit the entries.
42664 \begin_layout Standard
42665 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
42677 entries must be ended with an explicit
42702 and in the case of the
42703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42707 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42715 The syntax for the entries is:
42718 \begin_layout Standard
42719 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42733 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42747 \begin_layout Standard
42749 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42752 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
42754 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42756 \begin_inset space ~
42764 \begin_layout Standard
42765 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42771 \begin_layout Standard
42772 An example: Assuming you use the menu
42774 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42777 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
42781 \begin_layout Standard
42782 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42796 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42806 \begin_layout Standard
42808 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
42811 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
42814 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42818 \begin_layout Standard
42821 Enable tool tips in main work area
42823 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
42827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42831 \begin_layout Standard
42835 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42839 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42842 restoring of window layout and geometries
42844 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
42845 in the last LyX session.
42848 \begin_layout Standard
42851 Restore cursor positions
42853 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
42857 \begin_layout Standard
42860 Load opened files from last session
42862 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
42865 \begin_layout Subsubsection
42867 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42869 name "sub:Backup documents"
42874 \begin_inset Index idx
42877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42886 \begin_layout Standard
42891 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
42894 \begin_layout Standard
42899 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
42902 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42904 \begin_inset space ~
42912 \begin_layout Standard
42915 Open documents in tabs
42917 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
42921 \begin_layout Subsection
42923 \begin_inset Index idx
42926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42935 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
42942 \begin_layout Standard
42943 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
42946 \begin_layout Standard
42947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42955 This section only deals with the fonts
42960 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
42963 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42964 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42975 \begin_layout Standard
42976 By default, LyX uses
42980 as roman (serif) font,
42988 (depends on the system) as
42991 \begin_inset space ~
43007 \begin_layout Standard
43008 You can change the font size with the
43013 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
43014 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
43017 \begin_layout Standard
43022 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
43023 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
43025 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43028 points have the size of 1
43029 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43033 \begin_inset space ~
43037 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43039 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
43046 \begin_layout Standard
43051 are the same as if a document font size of 10
43052 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43056 The sizes are explained in detail in section
43057 \begin_inset space ~
43061 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43063 reference "sub:Document-Font"
43070 \begin_layout Standard
43073 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
43075 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
43076 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
43077 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
43078 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
43080 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
43081 \begin_inset space ~
43087 \begin_layout Subsection
43089 \begin_inset Index idx
43092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43099 \begin_inset Index idx
43102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43111 \begin_layout Standard
43112 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
43113 Choose an item in the list and use the
43120 \begin_layout Subsection
43122 \begin_inset Index idx
43125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43134 \begin_layout Standard
43135 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
43138 \begin_layout Standard
43143 enables previewing snippets of your document.
43144 This feature is described in section
43145 \begin_inset space ~
43149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43151 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
43158 \begin_layout Standard
43162 \begin_inset space ~
43166 \begin_inset space ~
43170 \begin_inset space ~
43175 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
43178 \begin_layout Section
43180 \begin_inset Index idx
43183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43192 \begin_layout Subsection
43196 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43200 \begin_layout Standard
43203 Cursor follows scrollbar
43205 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
43209 \begin_layout Standard
43210 You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
43215 If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
43216 to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
43219 \begin_layout Standard
43222 Sort environments alphabetically
43224 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43227 \begin_layout Standard
43230 Group environments by their category
43232 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
43235 \begin_layout Standard
43236 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
43248 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43252 \begin_layout Standard
43253 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
43258 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
43259 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
43263 \begin_layout Subsection
43265 \begin_inset Index idx
43268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43275 \begin_inset Index idx
43278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43279 Settings ! Shortcuts
43287 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43291 \begin_layout Standard
43292 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
43293 Several binding files are available:
43296 \begin_layout Description
43297 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
43300 \begin_layout Description
43301 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
43312 \begin_layout Description
43313 mac.bind set of bindings for
43316 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43324 \begin_layout Standard
43325 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
43329 , and bind files for special languages.
43330 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
43331 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43335 \begin_inset space \space{}
43339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43347 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
43351 \begin_layout Standard
43352 Some bind-files, like
43356 , have only a small scope.
43357 When looking at the end of the file
43361 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
43364 \begin_layout Subsubsection
43366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43368 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
43373 \begin_inset Index idx
43376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43377 Key Bindings ! Editing
43385 \begin_layout Standard
43386 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
43387 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
43388 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
43391 Show key-bindings containing
43394 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
43395 Insert there for example as keyword
43396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43400 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43403 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
43405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43413 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
43414 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
43418 that you will find in the
43425 \begin_layout Standard
43427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43431 \begin_inset space \space{}
43442 , select the function and press the
43447 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
43448 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
43449 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
43450 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
43451 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
43453 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
43455 The binding for the function
43459 is an example of this.
43462 \begin_layout Standard
43463 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
43465 The syntax of the entries is:
43468 \begin_layout Standard
43474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43492 \begin_layout Subsection
43494 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43496 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
43501 \begin_inset Index idx
43504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43511 \begin_inset Index idx
43514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43515 Settings ! Keyboard Map
43523 \begin_layout Standard
43524 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
43525 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
43527 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43531 \begin_inset space \space{}
43534 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
43535 can use the keyboard map file named
43542 \begin_layout Standard
43543 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43551 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
43559 \begin_layout Standard
43560 Besides this, you can specify here the
43562 Wheel scrolling speed
43565 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
43569 \begin_layout Subsection
43571 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43573 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
43578 \begin_inset Index idx
43581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43590 \begin_layout Standard
43591 Input completion is described in sec.
43592 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43598 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
43603 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
43605 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
43606 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
43610 \begin_layout Section
43612 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43619 \begin_inset Index idx
43622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43629 \begin_inset Index idx
43632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43641 \begin_layout Description
43643 \begin_inset space ~
43646 directory This is LyX's working directory.
43647 It is the default when you
43658 \begin_inset space ~
43666 \begin_layout Description
43668 \begin_inset space ~
43671 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
43673 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43675 \begin_inset space ~
43679 \begin_inset space ~
43687 \begin_layout Description
43689 \begin_inset space ~
43692 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
43698 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
43702 \begin_inset Newline newline
43706 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43718 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
43726 \begin_layout Description
43728 \begin_inset space ~
43732 \begin_inset Index idx
43735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43741 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
43742 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
43743 \begin_inset space ~
43747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43749 reference "sub:Backup documents"
43757 will be used to save the backups.
43758 \begin_inset Newline newline
43761 The backup files have the ending
43762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43772 \begin_layout Description
43777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43784 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
43785 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
43786 \begin_inset Newline newline
43790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
43793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43798 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
43806 \begin_layout Description
43808 \begin_inset space ~
43811 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
43814 \begin_layout Description
43816 \begin_inset space ~
43819 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
43820 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
43821 to find it on the system.
43822 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
43823 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
43825 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43829 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43832 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
43833 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
43837 \begin_layout Section
43841 \begin_layout Standard
43842 Here you can insert your name and email address.
43843 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
43845 \begin_inset space ~
43849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
43851 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
43855 , to mark changes you make as yours.
43858 \begin_layout Section
43860 \begin_inset Index idx
43863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43864 Language ! Settings
43870 \begin_inset Index idx
43873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43874 Settings ! Language
43882 \begin_layout Subsection
43884 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43886 name "sub:Prefs-Language"
43893 \begin_layout Description
43895 \begin_inset space ~
43899 \begin_inset space ~
43902 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
43903 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
43904 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
43905 You find the actual translation status here:
43906 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43908 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43909 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
43916 \begin_layout Description
43918 \begin_inset space ~
43921 language is the language used in new documents
43924 \begin_layout Description
43926 \begin_inset space ~
43929 package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
43931 Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
43932 as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
43933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
43945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
43949 The most widespread language package is
43953 , it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
43954 However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
43955 with an alternative language package (
43959 ) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
43960 Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
43962 \begin_inset Newline newline
43965 The available selections are:
43969 \begin_layout Itemize
43979 Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
43983 \begin_layout Itemize
43989 Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
43990 been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
43991 babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
43994 \begin_layout Itemize
44000 Lets you load some other language package (via
44013 \begin_layout Itemize
44019 Loads no language package at all
44023 \begin_layout Description
44025 \begin_inset space ~
44029 \begin_inset space ~
44032 Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
44036 \begin_layout Description
44038 \begin_inset space ~
44041 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
44042 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
44043 An example is the start command
44049 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
44054 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
44069 selectlanguage{$$lang}
44074 \begin_layout Description
44076 \begin_inset space ~
44084 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
44085 command toggles the package on and off.
44088 \begin_layout Description
44090 \begin_inset space ~
44094 \begin_inset space ~
44097 globally When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
44098 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
44099 used by all LaTeX-packages.
44100 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
44107 \begin_layout Description
44109 \begin_inset space ~
44112 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
44114 When this option is not set, the
44117 \begin_inset space ~
44122 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
44123 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
44126 \begin_inset space ~
44134 \begin_layout Description
44136 \begin_inset space ~
44142 \begin_inset space ~
44148 When it is not set, the
44151 \begin_inset space ~
44156 is set to the end of the document.
44159 \begin_layout Description
44161 \begin_inset space ~
44165 \begin_inset space ~
44168 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
44169 language will be underlined blue.
44172 \begin_layout Description
44174 \begin_inset space ~
44178 \begin_inset space ~
44181 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
44182 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
44185 \begin_layout Description
44187 \begin_inset space ~
44190 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
44191 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
44192 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
44193 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
44196 \begin_layout Subsection
44200 \begin_layout Standard
44201 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
44202 \begin_inset space ~
44206 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44208 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
44215 \begin_layout Section
44219 \begin_layout Subsection
44221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44228 \begin_inset Index idx
44231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44238 \begin_inset Index idx
44241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44250 \begin_layout Description
44252 \begin_inset space ~
44255 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
44256 The name will be used when the
44261 \begin_inset Newline newline
44265 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
44268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44273 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
44281 \begin_layout Description
44283 \begin_inset space ~
44287 \begin_inset space ~
44291 \begin_inset space ~
44294 printer This option works only for the
44299 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44307 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44311 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
44312 This is an option only for dvips experts.
44315 \begin_layout Description
44317 \begin_inset space ~
44320 command is the command LyX
44321 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44325 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
44328 LaTeX uses for printing.
44329 The default is on most systems
44336 \begin_layout Description
44338 \begin_inset space ~
44342 \begin_inset space ~
44345 Options Here you can specify printer options.
44346 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
44347 of the program that provides the
44354 \begin_layout Subsection
44356 \begin_inset Index idx
44359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44366 \begin_inset Index idx
44369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44370 Settings ! Date format
44378 \begin_layout Standard
44379 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
44380 \begin_inset Newline newline
44384 \begin_inset Flex URL
44387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44389 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
44395 \begin_inset Newline newline
44398 For example the format
44399 \begin_inset Newline newline
44403 \begin_inset Newline newline
44406 prints the date as day/month/year.
44409 \begin_layout Subsection
44413 \begin_layout Description
44415 \begin_inset space ~
44419 \begin_inset space ~
44422 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
44425 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44426 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44428 \begin_inset space ~
44434 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
44438 \begin_layout Description
44440 \begin_inset space ~
44443 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
44448 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
44449 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
44452 \begin_layout Subsection
44457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44465 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44467 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
44472 \begin_inset Index idx
44475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44484 \begin_layout Description
44486 \begin_inset space ~
44493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44501 \begin_inset space ~
44505 \begin_inset space ~
44508 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
44513 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
44535 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
44536 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44544 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44548 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
44549 LyX sets up in the background.
44550 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
44553 \begin_layout Description
44555 \begin_inset space ~
44559 \begin_inset space ~
44562 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
44567 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
44570 \begin_layout Standard
44571 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
44572 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
44573 manuals of the applications.
44574 Currently the following commands can be set:
44577 \begin_layout Description
44582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44590 \begin_inset space ~
44593 command Command for the program
44597 that is described in the section
44603 Additional Features
44608 \begin_layout Description
44613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44621 \begin_inset space ~
44624 command Command for the program
44628 that generates the bibliography, see section
44629 \begin_inset space ~
44633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44635 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
44642 \begin_layout Description
44644 \begin_inset space ~
44647 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
44648 \begin_inset space ~
44652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44654 reference "sub:Index-Program"
44661 \begin_layout Description
44663 \begin_inset space ~
44666 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
44667 \begin_inset space ~
44671 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
44673 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
44680 \begin_layout Description
44682 \begin_inset space ~
44686 \begin_inset space ~
44690 \begin_inset space ~
44694 \begin_inset space ~
44697 options They only have an effect when the program
44701 is used as DVI-viewer.
44704 \begin_layout Standard
44705 There are additionally the following options:
44708 \begin_layout Description
44710 \begin_inset space ~
44714 \begin_inset space ~
44718 \begin_inset space ~
44722 \begin_inset space ~
44726 \begin_inset space ~
44729 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
44730 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44747 to separate folders.
44748 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
44749 \begin_inset Index idx
44752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44759 \begin_inset Index idx
44762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44771 \begin_layout Description
44773 \begin_inset space ~
44777 \begin_inset space ~
44781 \begin_inset space ~
44785 \begin_inset space ~
44789 \begin_inset space ~
44793 \begin_inset space ~
44796 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
44798 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
44801 dialog when changing the document class.
44804 \begin_layout Section
44806 \begin_inset space ~
44810 \begin_inset Index idx
44813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44822 \begin_layout Subsection
44824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44826 name "sub:Converters"
44831 \begin_inset Index idx
44834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44843 \begin_layout Standard
44844 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
44845 from one format to another.
44846 You can modify them or create new ones.
44847 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
44854 \begin_inset space ~
44864 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
44868 \begin_inset space ~
44873 drop-down list, modify the
44877 field, and press the
44884 \begin_layout Standard
44887 Converter File Cache
44889 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
44892 Maximum Age (in days
44895 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
44896 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
44899 \begin_layout Standard
44900 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
44901 the converter definition, is described in the section
44912 \begin_layout Subsection
44914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
44916 name "sec:File-Formats"
44921 \begin_inset Index idx
44924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44931 \begin_inset Index idx
44934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44943 \begin_layout Standard
44944 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
44945 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
44949 \begin_layout Standard
44950 Furthermore, you can define the
44951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44954 Default output format
44955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44958 that is used when you hit
44959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44978 View Master Document
44979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44983 \begin_inset Quotes eld
44986 Update Master Document
44987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
44990 in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
44993 \begin_layout Standard
44994 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
44995 is described in the section
45006 \begin_layout Standard
45007 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
45008 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
45009 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
45010 This is done by specifying a
45015 More about this is described in the section
45026 \begin_layout Chapter
45027 Units available in LyX
45028 \begin_inset Index idx
45031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45038 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45040 name "cha:Units-available-in"
45047 \begin_layout Standard
45048 To understand the units described in this documentation,
45049 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
45051 reference "cap:Units"
45055 explains all units available in LyX.
45058 \begin_layout Standard
45059 \begin_inset Float table
45065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45066 \begin_inset Caption
45068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45084 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
45090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45092 \begin_inset Tabular
45093 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
45094 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
45095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
45098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45147 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45196 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45247 scaled point (65536
45248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45252 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45271 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45280 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45308 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
45312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45322 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45325 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45336 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45340 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45359 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45363 % of original image width
45370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45379 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45430 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45433 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
45541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
45550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45552 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
45577 \begin_layout Chapter
45579 \begin_inset CommandInset label
45588 \begin_layout Standard
45589 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
45590 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
45593 \begin_layout Itemize
45596 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
45599 \begin_layout Itemize
45605 \begin_layout Itemize
45611 \begin_layout Itemize
45617 \begin_layout Itemize
45623 \begin_layout Itemize
45629 \begin_layout Itemize
45635 \begin_layout Itemize
45641 \begin_layout Itemize
45644 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
45647 \begin_layout Itemize
45653 \begin_layout Itemize
45659 \begin_layout Itemize
45665 \begin_layout Itemize
45671 \begin_layout Itemize
45677 \begin_layout Itemize
45683 \begin_layout Itemize
45689 \begin_layout Itemize
45695 \begin_layout Itemize
45697 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
45706 \begin_layout Standard
45707 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
45710 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
45717 \begin_layout Bibliography
45718 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45719 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45720 LatexCommand bibitem
45727 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45730 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
45735 \begin_inset Newline newline
45739 \begin_inset Flex URL
45742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45744 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
45752 \begin_layout Bibliography
45753 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45754 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45755 LatexCommand bibitem
45756 key "latexcompanion"
45760 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
45762 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
45765 Addison-Wesley, 2004
45768 \begin_layout Bibliography
45769 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45770 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45771 LatexCommand bibitem
45776 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
45779 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
45782 Addison-Wesley, 2003
45785 \begin_layout Bibliography
45786 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45787 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45788 LatexCommand bibitem
45795 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
45798 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
45801 \begin_layout Bibliography
45802 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45803 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45804 LatexCommand bibitem
45816 Addison-Wesley, 1984
45819 \begin_layout Bibliography
45820 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45821 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45822 LatexCommand bibitem
45828 \begin_inset Newline newline
45832 \begin_inset Flex URL
45835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45837 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
45845 \begin_layout Bibliography
45846 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45847 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45848 LatexCommand bibitem
45854 \begin_inset Newline newline
45858 \begin_inset Flex URL
45861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45863 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
45871 \begin_layout Bibliography
45872 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45873 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45874 LatexCommand bibitem
45880 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45882 name "Documentation"
45883 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
45892 \begin_inset Newline newline
45896 \begin_inset Flex URL
45899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45901 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
45909 \begin_layout Bibliography
45910 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45911 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45912 LatexCommand bibitem
45918 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45920 name "Documentation"
45921 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
45925 how to use the program
45930 \begin_inset Newline newline
45934 \begin_inset Flex URL
45937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45939 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
45947 \begin_layout Bibliography
45948 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45950 LatexCommand bibitem
45956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45958 name "Documentation"
45959 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
45968 \begin_inset Newline newline
45972 \begin_inset Flex URL
45975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
45977 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
45985 \begin_layout Bibliography
45986 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
45987 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
45988 LatexCommand bibitem
45994 \begin_inset CommandInset href
45996 name "Documentation"
45997 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
46006 \begin_inset Newline newline
46010 \begin_inset Flex URL
46013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46015 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
46023 \begin_layout Bibliography
46024 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46025 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46026 LatexCommand bibitem
46032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46034 name "Documentation"
46035 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
46039 of the LaTeX-package
46044 \begin_inset Index idx
46047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46048 LaTeX-packages ! caption
46054 \begin_inset Newline newline
46058 \begin_inset Flex URL
46061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46063 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
46071 \begin_layout Bibliography
46072 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46073 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46074 LatexCommand bibitem
46080 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46082 name "Documentation"
46083 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
46087 of the LaTeX-package
46092 \begin_inset Index idx
46095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46096 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
46102 \begin_inset Newline newline
46106 \begin_inset Flex URL
46109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46111 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
46119 \begin_layout Bibliography
46120 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46121 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46122 LatexCommand bibitem
46130 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46132 name "Documentation"
46133 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
46139 of the LaTeX-package
46144 \begin_inset Index idx
46147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46148 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
46154 \begin_inset Newline newline
46158 \begin_inset Flex URL
46161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46163 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
46171 \begin_layout Bibliography
46172 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46173 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46174 LatexCommand bibitem
46180 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46182 name "Documentation"
46183 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
46187 of the LaTeX-package
46192 \begin_inset Index idx
46195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46196 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
46202 \begin_inset Newline newline
46206 \begin_inset Flex URL
46209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46211 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
46219 \begin_layout Bibliography
46220 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46221 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46222 LatexCommand bibitem
46228 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46230 name "Documentation"
46231 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
46235 of the LaTeX-package
46240 \begin_inset Index idx
46243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46244 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
46250 \begin_inset Newline newline
46254 \begin_inset Flex URL
46257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46259 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
46267 \begin_layout Bibliography
46268 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46269 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46270 LatexCommand bibitem
46276 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46278 name "Documentation"
46279 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
46283 of the LaTeX-package
46288 \begin_inset Index idx
46291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46292 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
46298 \begin_inset Newline newline
46302 \begin_inset Flex URL
46305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46307 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
46315 \begin_layout Bibliography
46316 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46317 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46318 LatexCommand bibitem
46324 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46327 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
46331 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
46332 \begin_inset Newline newline
46336 \begin_inset Flex URL
46339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46341 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
46349 \begin_layout Bibliography
46350 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46351 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46352 LatexCommand bibitem
46358 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46361 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
46365 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
46366 \begin_inset Newline newline
46370 \begin_inset Flex URL
46373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46375 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
46383 \begin_layout Bibliography
46384 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46386 LatexCommand bibitem
46392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46395 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
46399 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
46400 \begin_inset Newline newline
46404 \begin_inset Flex URL
46407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46409 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
46417 \begin_layout Bibliography
46418 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46419 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46420 LatexCommand bibitem
46426 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46429 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
46433 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
46434 \begin_inset Newline newline
46438 \begin_inset Flex URL
46441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46443 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
46451 \begin_layout Bibliography
46452 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46453 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46454 LatexCommand bibitem
46460 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46463 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
46467 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
46468 \begin_inset Newline newline
46472 \begin_inset Flex URL
46475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46477 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
46485 \begin_layout Bibliography
46486 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46487 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46488 LatexCommand bibitem
46494 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46497 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
46501 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
46502 \begin_inset Newline newline
46506 \begin_inset Flex URL
46509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46511 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
46519 \begin_layout Bibliography
46520 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46521 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46522 LatexCommand bibitem
46528 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46531 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
46535 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
46536 \begin_inset Newline newline
46540 \begin_inset Flex URL
46543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46545 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
46553 \begin_layout Bibliography
46554 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46555 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46556 LatexCommand bibitem
46562 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46565 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
46569 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
46570 \begin_inset Newline newline
46574 \begin_inset Flex URL
46577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46579 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
46587 \begin_layout Bibliography
46588 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46589 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46590 LatexCommand bibitem
46596 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46599 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
46603 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
46604 \begin_inset Newline newline
46608 \begin_inset Flex URL
46611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46613 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
46621 \begin_layout Bibliography
46622 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
46623 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
46624 LatexCommand bibitem
46630 \begin_inset CommandInset href
46633 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
46637 about new features in
46642 \begin_inset Newline newline
46646 \begin_inset Flex URL
46649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46651 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
46659 \begin_layout Standard
46660 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
46667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46694 \begin_inset Note Note
46697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
46704 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
46705 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
46706 bibliography is the second one:
46714 \begin_layout Standard
46715 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
46716 LatexCommand bibtex
46717 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
46718 options "biblio/alphadin"
46725 \begin_layout Standard
46726 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
46729 \begin_layout Standard
46730 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
46731 LatexCommand printnomenclature
46737 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
46738 LatexCommand printindex